owner's manual operation maintenance …s manual operation maintenance specifications all...

OWNER'S MANUAL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so thatour policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, youmay find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehi-cle.

Please consult your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet for your vehicle's spe-cific warranty coverage.

The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 7. As the owner, it is yourresponsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer are carried out atthe appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used in severe driving conditions, more frequent main-tenance is required for some operations. Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditionsare also included in Section 7.

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

EN hma cover.qxd 11/27/2006 5:07 PM

F2

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limitedwarranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-lished by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who driveHyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're veryproud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2008 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-4 in theVehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles.They are designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability to our customers.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or any otherHyundai warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyundai Genuine Parts exported toare packaged with labels written onlyin English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized HyundaiDealerships.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defeccts

Index

table of contents

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-3Vehicle handling instructions / 1-5Vehicle break-in process / 1-5Vehicle data collection and event data

recorders / 1-6Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-7

Introduction

Introduction

21

A010000AUN

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, youlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this manu-al. These WARNINGs were prepared toenhance your personal safety.You shouldcarefully read and follow ALL proceduresand recommendations provided in theseWARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

1 3

Introduction

A020101AEN-EU

Your new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

A020103AUN-EU

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNever add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

Introduction

41

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.HYUNDAI recommends that customersdo not use fuel with an ethanol contentexceeding 10 percent.

A020104AEN

Use of MTBEHYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content2.7% weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

A020105AUN

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

A020106AEN

Gasolines for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air,HYUNDAI recommends that you usegasolines treated with detergent addi-tives, which help prevent deposit forma-tion in the engine. These gasolines willhelp the engine run cleaner and enhanceperformance of the Emission ControlSystem.

A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

1 5

Introduction

A090000AEN

As with other vehicles of this type, failureto operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control, an accident orvehicle rollover.Specific design characteristics (higherground clearance, track, etc.) give thisvehicle a higher center of gravity thanother types of vehicles. In other wordsthey are not designed for cornering at thesame speeds as conventional 2-wheeldrive vehicles. Avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to oper-ate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control, an accident or vehiclerollover. Be sure to read the “Reducingthe risk of a rollover” driving guide-lines, in section 5 of this manual.

A030000AUN

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200miles (2,000 km) of operation.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESSVEHICLE HANDLINGINSTRUCTIONS

Introduction

61

A040000AEN

Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped withmany high technology, electronicallycontrolled systems that help toensure your vehicle operates properlyand provides the performance thatyou expect. These systems utilizecomputers to monitor the operation ofvarious systems and components andhelp to control their operation. Thesecomputerized system operations arewide-ranging and involve componentsto reduce emissions, to continuouslyevaluate the readiness of the air bagand seat belt pre-tensioner systems,to determine when the air bag andseat belt pre-tensioner systemsshould be deployed and then to acti-vate the deployment, and if equipped,to operate anti-lock braking, tractioncontrol and electronic stability controlto assist the driver to control the vehi-cle in difficult driving situations.These systems electronically storeinformation that is useful to servicetechnicians when they need to diag-nose and repair these systems.

Additional information is stored onlywhen a crash occurs that results inthe deployment of the air bags or seatbelt pre-tensioners. This type of datastorage is done by devices calledevent data recorders (EDR).

After a crash event, the air bag andseat belt pre-tensioner computer sys-tem, known as the SupplementalRestraint System Control Module(SRSCM) or Air bag Control Unit(ACU), may record some informationabout the condition of the vehicle andhow it was being operated. This infor-mation consists of data related to seatbelt usage and if there was diagnosticinformation in the air bag or seat beltsystems at the time that a crashoccurred, and if the ACU sensed that acrash of sufficient severity occurredto require seat belt pre-tensioner orair bag deployment.

To retrieve this information, specialequipment is needed and access tothe vehicle or the device that storesthe data is required. Hyundai will notaccess information about a crashevent or share it with others except:

• in response to an official request ofpolice or similar government office,or

• with the consent of the vehicleowner or, if the vehicle is leased,with the consent of the lessee, or

• as part of Hyundai’s defense of liti-gation, or

• as required by law.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

1 7

Introduction

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Turn signal indicator

ABS warning light

Parking brake & Brake fluidwarning light

Engine oil pressure warninglight

AWD system warning light (if equipped)

AWD LOCK indicator (if equipped)

ESC indicator

ESC OFF indicator

Malfunction indicator

Air bag warning light

Cruise indicator

Cruise SET indicator

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

Low fuel level warning light

* For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.

Charging system warning light Shift pattern indicator

Low windshield washer fluidlevel warning light (if equipped)

A050000BEN-EU

Door and tailgate ajar warninglight

Key out indicator (if equipped) KEYOUT

A W DLOCK

AIRBAG

ESC

ESCOFF

TPMS (Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem) malfunction indicator

Low tire pressure telltale

2Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3Engine compartment / 2-4



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-16

2. Driver position memory system button*...............................................4-38

3. Outside rearview mirror control switch ................................................4-49

4. Central door lock switch....................4-16

5. Power window lock button ................4-29

6. Power window switches ....................4-26

7. Air vent..............................................4-85

8. Front fog light switch*........................4-73

9. Instrument panel illumination controlknob ..................................................4-52

10. ESC OFF button .............................5-26

11. Power adjustable pedal control switch* ............................................4-39

12. AWD LOCK button* ........................5-16

13. AC inverter switch*........................4-115

14. Power tailgate main control button* 4-21

15. Steering wheel power tilt control* ...4-41

16. Steering wheel ................................4-40

17. Fuse box .........................................7-44

18. Hood release lever..........................4-30

19. Parking brake pedal ........................5-22

20. Brake pedal.....................................5-21

21. Accelerator pedal..............................5-6

22. Seat...................................................3-2

* : if equipped

B010000AEN-EU

OEN006001N

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Instrument cluster.............................4-51

2. Steering wheel audio controls* ......4-121

3. Light control / Turn signals ...............4-72

4. Horn .................................................4-41

5. Auto cruise controls..........................5-31

6. Wiper/Washer...................................4-74

7. Driver’s front air bag.........................3-48

8. Ignition switch.....................................5-4

9. Digital clock and thermometer .......4-117

10. Audio ............................................4-121

11. Hazard warning flasher switch .....................................4-69 / 6-2

12. Climate control system*.......4-84 / 4-96

13. Parking brake pedal .......................5-22

14. Brake pedal ....................................5-21

15. Accelerator pedal .............................5-6

16. Shift lever .........................................5-8

17. Seat warmer* ...................................3-7

18. Passenger’s front air bag ...............3-48

19. Glove box .....................................4-109

* : if equipped

OEN006002NB020000AEN-EE


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-16

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-14

3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-18

4. Air cleaner.........................................7-21

5. Fuse box ...........................................7-45

6. Negative battery terminal..................7-27

7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-27

8. Radiator cap .....................................7-17

9. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-14

10. Power steering fluid reservoir .........7-19

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-20

OEN078059B030000AEN-EU

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3

Seats / 3-2Seat belts / 3-17Child restraint system / 3-29Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-37



23

C010000AEN-EE

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)*(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*(5) Seat warmer*(6) Headrest

2nd row seat(7) Forward and backward(8) Seatback angle(9) Walk-in seat(10) Headrest(11) Armrest

3rd row seat(12) Seatback angle(13) Headrest

*: if equipped

SEATS

OEN037052L

Manual seat

Power seat

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. We recom-mend that your chest be at least10 inches (250 mm) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with the seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If aseat is reclined during an accident,the occupant’s hips may slideunder the lap portion of the seatbelt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the passen-ger to keep the seatback in anupright position whenever the vehi-cle is in motion.


43

Front seat adjustment - manualC010101AUN

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever

under the front edge of the seat cush-ion up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

OEN036011

(Continued)• When resetting the seatback to

the upright position, make sure itis securely latched by pushing itforward and backwards.

• To avoid the possibility of burns,do not remove the carpet in thecargo area. Emission controldevices beneath this floor gener-ate high temperatures.

WARNING - Rear seat-backs (2nd and 3rd row)

• The rear seatback must besecurely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• Luggage and other cargo shouldbe laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly while riding.

(Continued)

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or backward withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

3 5


C010102AUN

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the

seatback recline lever located on theoutside of the seat at the rear.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat andadjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

C010103AUN

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever that is located on the out-side of the seat cushion upwards ordownwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever

up several times.

C010104BEN

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps to protect the head and neckin the event of a collision.

OEN036013 OHM038048NOEN036012


63

Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to3 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-wards position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

OEN036008OEN036007

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest posi-tion of the driver's seat while thevehicle is in motion.

3 7


RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

Active headrest (if equipped)The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s heads from movingbackward and thus helps minimize neckinjuries.

C010105AEN

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)The lumbar support can be adjusted bymoving the lever on the outside of the dri-ver’s seatback. Pivoting the lever increas-es or decreases lumbar support.

OEN038009 HNF2041-1 OEN036014

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protects the occupants.


83

C010107AEN

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.

• Each time you push the button, thetemperature setting of the seat ischanged as follows :

• The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignition switch isturned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in the ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats while the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )

→

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The occupantsmust be able to feel if the seat isbecoming too warm and to turn theseat warmer off. In particular, thedriver must exercise extreme carefor the following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

OEN036015

3 9


C010108AUN-EU

Seatback pocketThe seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s and driver’sseatbacks.

C010200AEN

Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted by usingthe control knob located on the outside ofthe seat cushion. Before driving, adjustthe seat to the proper position so as toeasily control the steering wheel, pedalsand switches on the instrument panel.WARNING - Seatback

pocketsDo not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OEN036010

WARNINGThe power seat is operable with theignition OFF.Therefore, children should never beleft unattended in the car.

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is complet-ed. Excessive operation maydamage the electrical equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amount ofelectrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the power seatlonger than necessary while theengine is not running.

• Do not operate two or more powerseat control knobs at the sametime. Doing so may result inpower seat motor or electricalcomponent malfunction.

WARNINGFor proper operation of the occu-pant classification system:• Do not place any items cumula-

tively weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg)in the seatback pocket or on theseat.

• Do not hang onto the front pas-senger seat.


103

C010201AUN

Forward and backwardPush the control knob forward or back-ward to move the seat to the desiredposition. Release the knob once the seatreaches the desired position.

C010202AUN

Seatback anglePush the control knob forward or back-ward to move the seatback to the desiredangle. Release the knob once the seatreaches the desired position.

C010203AUN

Seat cushion heightPull the front portion of the control knobup to raise or down to lower the front partof the seat cushion. Pull the rear portionof the control knob up to raise or down tolower the rear part of the seat cushion.Release the knob once the seat reachesthe desired position.

OEN036003 OEN036004 OEN036006

3 11


C010204AEN

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)Push the control knob forward or back-ward to adjust the lumbar support to thedesired position. Release the knob oncethe lumbar support reaches the desiredposition.

Rear seat adjustmentC010301AUN

Forward and backward (2nd row seat)To move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever

under the front edge of the seat cush-ion and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

C010302AEN

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Pull on the seatback recline lever

located on the outside of the seat atthe rear or on the back of the rearseatback.

OEN036005 OEN036016

OEN036017

OEN036018

■ 2nd row seat

■ 3rd row seat


123

2. 2nd row seatCarefully lean back on the seat andadjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.3rd row seatHold and adjust the seatback of theseat to the position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

C010303BUN

HeadrestThe rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in all the seating positions for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps to protectthe head and neck in the event of a colli-sion.

WARNING• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible.The useof a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is notrecommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

OHM038049N

3 13


Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

C010304AEN

Armrest (2nd row seat)To use the armrest, pull the strap (1) for-ward from the seatback.

OEN038020OEN036019 OEN036021

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.


143

Multi box and cup holder• To use the multi box, pull up the lever

(2).• To use the cup holder, push the button

(3).Close the cover after use.

C010306AEN

Walk-in seat (2nd row seat)To get in or out of the 3rd row seat, pullup the walk-in lever on the 2nd row seat-back. The 2nd row seatback will be fold-ed and the seat will slide forward. Movethe seat to the farthest forward position.After getting in or out, slide the 2nd rowseat to the farthest rearward position andpull the seatback firmly backward until itclicks into place. Make sure that the seatis locked in place.

C010307AEN

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks may be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

OEN036024

WARNINGNever attempt to adjust while thevehicle is moving or the 2nd rowseat is occupied as the seat maysuddenly move and cause the pas-senger on the seat to be injured.

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects that could not beaccommodated in the cargo area.Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the car is moving as this isnot a proper seating position andno seat belts are available for use.This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seatbacks. Doing this couldallow cargo to slide forward andcause injury or damage during sud-den stops.

OEN036022

3 15


To fold down the rear seatback:1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the

pocket between the rear seatback andcushion, and insert the rear seat beltwebbing in the guide to prevent theseat belt from being damaged.

2. Set the front (or 2nd row) seatback tothe upright position and if necessary,slide the front (or 2nd row) seat for-ward.

3.Lower the rear headrests to the lowestposition.

4.Pull on the seatback folding lever, thenfold the seat toward the front of thevehicle. When you return the seatbackto its upright position, always be sure ithas locked into position by pushing onthe top of the seatback.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull theseatback backward by pulling on thefolding lever. Pull the seatback firmlyuntil it clicks into place. Make sure theseatback is locked in place.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

OEN036025

OEN037026

■ 2nd row seat

■ 3rd row seatOEN036027

OEN037028

■ 2nd row seat

■ 3rd row seat


163

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

OUN026140

WARNING - 3rd row seatThe headrest on the 3rd row seatshould be adjusted so the middle ofthe headrest is at the same heightas the top of the occupant's eyes.If the tailgate is pushed down toclose it when a passenger's head isnot against a properly adjustedheadrest or a tall person is seated,the tailgate may hit the occupant'shead, which could cause injury.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly. If the seatbackis returned without holding it, theback of the seat could spring for-ward resulting in injury caused bybeing struck by the seatback.

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear (2nd and/or3rd row) seatbacks to the uprightposition, remember to return the rearshoulder belts to their proper posi-tion. Routing the seat belt webbingthrough the rear seat belt guides willhelp keep the belts from beingtrapped behind or under the seats.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When you fold the rear (2nd and/or3rd row) seatback, insert the bucklein the pocket between the rear seat-back and cushion. Doing so canprevent the buckle from being dam-aged by the rear seatback.

3 17


C020100AUN

Seat belt restraint systemWARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Do not place objects in the rear(2nd and/or 3rd row) seats, sincethey cannot be properly securedand may hit the front seat occu-pants in a collision.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)and the parking brake is securelyapplied whenever loading orunloading cargo. Failure to takethese steps may allow the vehicleto move if the shift lever is inadver-tently moved to another position.

SEAT BELTS

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he/shemust be properly belted and theseat should be moved as far backas possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.


183

C020101AEN-EU

Seat belt warningAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.The warning light will blink again forapproximately 6 seconds when startingthe engine.

If the driver’s seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ONand/or START or if it is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned ON, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds until the belt is fas-tened. If the driver's seat belt is not fas-tened when the vehicle speed exceeds 6mph (10 km/h), the seat belt warning lightand chime will operate for approximately11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds onand 24 seconds off until the belt is fas-tened or the vehicle speed decreasesbelow 3 mph (5 km/h).

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each belt assembly mustonly be used by one occupant; it isdangerous to put a belt around achild being carried on the occu-pant's lap.

WARNINGNo modifications or additionsshould be made by the user whichwill either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seatbelt assembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

1GQA2083

3 19


C020102BEN-EU

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the safetybelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

Height adjustmentYou can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of 5 positions for max-imum comfort and safety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too near your neck. Theshoulder portion should be adjusted sothat it lies across your chest and midwayover your shoulder nearest the door andnot your neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

B180A01NF-1 OEN036029

Front seat


203

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

C020106AUN

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt: Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

B200A02NF

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.

3 21


When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fullyretract.

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused.

OEN036031N

CAUTIONDo NOT fold down the left portion ofthe second row seat back when thesecond row center seat belt is buck-led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the sec-ond row center seat belt beforefolding down the left portion of thesecond row seat back. If the sec-ond row center seat belt is buckledwhen the left portion of the secondrow seat back is folded down, dis-tortion and damage to the top por-tion of the seat back and seat beltgarnish may result, causing theseat back to lock into the foldeddown position.


223

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

C020105AEN

Stowing the rear seat belt • The rear seat belt buckles can be

stowed in the pocket between the rearseatback and cushion when not in use.

• Routing the seat belt webbing throughthe rear seat belt guides will help keepthe belts from being trapped behind orunder the seats.

B210A01NF-1

OEN036033N

OEN036032

3rd row seat

2nd row seat

OEN036034

OEN036035

2nd row seat

3rd row seat

3 23


C020200AEN-EU

Pre-tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts may be activated in crashes wherethe frontal collision is severe enough.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

OEN036300 1LDE3100


243

✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioners will not be activat-ed if the seat belts are not being wornat the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

✽✽ NOTICEBecause the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximately6 seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the ON position, andthen it should turn off.

A I RBAG

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle’s occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags– that are provided in this manu-al.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned ON, or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe pre-tensioner seat belt and SRSair bag system as soon as possible.

3 25


C020300AUN-EU

Seat belt precautionsWARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured by a deploying air bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seating contained in this man-ual.


263

C020306AUN-EU

Infant or small childAll 50 states have child restraint laws.Youshould be aware of the specific require-ments in your state. Child and/or infantseats must be properly placed andinstalled in the rear seat. For more infor-mation about the use of these restraints,refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Before buying anychild restraint system, make sure that ithas a label certifying that it meetsFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213. The restraint must be appropriatefor your child's height and weight.Check the label on the child restraint forthis information. Refer to “Childrestraint system” in this section.

C020301AUN

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the mostsafety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat. If a larger child(over age 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoulderbelt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children age 12 andunder should be restrained securely inthe rear seat. NEVER place a child age12 and under in the front seat. NEVERplace a rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.

3 27


If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

C020302AUN

Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women to lessen the chanceof injury in an accident. When a seat beltis used, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

C020304AUN

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

C020305AUN

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front and rear (2nd and/or 3rdrow) seats should be in an upright posi-tion when the car is moving. A seat beltcannot provide proper protection if theperson is lying down in the rear seat or ifthe front and rear (2nd and/or 3rd row)seats are in a reclined position.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.


283

C020400AEN

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

C020401AEN

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

C020403AEN

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback has been folded down, becareful not to damage the seat beltwebbing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle could possibly fail duringa collision or sudden stop, result-ing in serious injury. If the webbingor buckles are damaged, get themreplaced immediately.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant'sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

3 29


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMC030000BEN-EU

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS).Child restraint systems are designed to besecured in vehicle seats by lap belts or thelap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, orby a LATCH system (if equipped).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

(Continued)• When the child restraint system

is not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger-side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

(Continued)


303

WARNINGTo reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the child restraintsystem manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use ofthe child restraint.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inthe rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floor of amoving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicle’s interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.

3 31


C030100AEN-EU

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.

For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency lock mode), you mustmanually change these seat belts to theauto lock mode to secure a childrestraint.

CRS

OUN026150

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is notproperly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint systems and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldincrease the chance and/orseverity of injury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.


323

C030102AUN-EU

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe auto lock mode The use of the auto lock mode willensure that the normal movement of thechild in the vehicle does not cause theseat belt to be pulled out and loosen thefirmness of its hold on the child restraintsystem. To secure a child restraint sys-tem, use the following procedure.

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat beltwebbing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the “AutoLock” (child restraint) mode.

E2MS103005 OEN036102OEN036101

3 33


4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode by attempting topull more of the seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot, the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switchfrom the “Auto Lock” mode to theemergency lock mode for normaladult usage.

OEN036104OEN036103

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly. A childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe child restraint is not properlyanchored to the car, including set-ting the retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.


343

C030103AEN

Securing a child restraint seat withtether anchor system Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the back of the rear seatbacks.

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rests, route the tether strap under theheadrest and between the headrestposts, otherwise route the tether strapover the top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the child restraintseat.

OEN037049N-1 WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

2GHA3300L

3 35


C030104AEN-EU

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor systemSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraintanchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

OUN036101L OEN038046N

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

Lower Anchor


363

LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.

Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place.

OEN036048N

WARNINGIf the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are only tobe used with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Neverattempt to attach a LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. You may damage theanchors or the anchors may failand break in a collision.

WARNING When using the vehicle's "LATCH"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seat fullyrearward against the seatback withthe seatback reclined two positionsfrom the most upright latched posi-tion.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe child-seat latch and LATCHanchor during the installation.

3 37


C040000AEN

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side impact air bag(4) Curtain air bag

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OEN036301

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the seat belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.


383

C040900AEN-EU

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofa serious frontal or side collision inorder to help protect the occupantsfrom serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of a col-lision and its direction. These two fac-tors determine whether the sensorsproduce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. The determining factors arenot limited to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.

It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a collisionoccurs and the need to inflate the airbag between the occupant and thevehicle structures before the occupantimpacts those structures. This speed ofinflation reduces the risk of serious orlife-threatening injuries in a severe col-lision and is thus a necessary part of airbag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can include facialabrasions, bruises and broken bonesbecause the inflation speed also caus-es the air bags to expand with a greatdeal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 10 inches (250 mm)away). The front passengersshould always move their seatsas far back as possible and sitback in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of collision, and passen-gers may be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial or bodilyabrasions, injuries from brokenglasses or burns.

3 39


C040902AEN

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though the smoke and powder are non-toxic, they may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult a doctor if thesymptom persists.

C040903AEN

Do not install a child restraint on thefront passenger’s seat.Never place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraints in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it could cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage area’sinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, it cancause serious or fatal injuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, be sure to install thechild restraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and/or curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.


403

C041000AEN

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of the air bag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alert you ofa potential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).When the ignition switch is turned ON,the warning light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

C040100AEN-EU

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side impact air bag modules4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors10. “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indi-

cator (Front passenger’s seat only)11. Occupant classification system

(Front passenger’s seat only)

12. Driver’s seat track position sensor13. Driver’s and front passenger’s seat

belt buckle sensors

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.The SRS "AIR BAG" warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theSRS "AIR BAG" warning light should goout.If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system as soon aspossible.• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

OUN027160N

AIRBAG

3 41


The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steering wheeland in the front passenger's panel abovethe glove box. When the SRSCM detectsa sufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)


423

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

• The SRS can function only whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. If the SRS "AIR BAG"warning light does not illuminate,or continuously remains on afterilluminating for about 6 secondswhen the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, or after theengine is started, comes on whiledriving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Before you replace a fuse or dis-

connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS “AIR BAG”warning light to illuminate.

3 43


C040300AUN-EU

Occupant classification systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant classification system in the frontpassenger's seat.The occupant classification system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant classifica-tion system.

Main components of occupantclassification system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat cushion.• Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bag sys-tems (both front and side) should beactivated or deactivated.

• A warning light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords "PASS AIR BAG OFF" indicatingthe front passenger air bag system isdeactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant classification system.

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines tobe of adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator will be turned off and the frontpassenger's air bag will be able to inflate,if necessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator on the center facia panel.This system detects the conditions 1~4in the following table and activates ordeactivates the front passenger air bagbased on these conditions.

OEN036047N


443

Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person's legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.• The OCS may not function properly if

the passenger takes actions which candefect the detection system. Theseinclude:(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or

resting them on other locationswhich reduce the passenger weighton the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.

C040301AEN

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

*1) The system judges a person of adultsize as an adult. When a smalleradult sits in the front passenger seat,the system may recognize him/heras a child depending on his/herphysique and posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in thefront passenger seat. When a largerchild who has outgrown a childrestraint system sits in the front pas-senger seat, the system may recog-nize him/her as an adult dependingon his/her physique or posture.

*3) Never install a child restraint systemon the front passenger seat.

WARNINGRiding in an improper position orplacing weight on the front passen-ger's seat when it is unoccupied bya passenger adversely affects theoccupant classification system(OCS).

(Continued)

Conditiondetected by theoccupant classi-fication system

1. Adult *1

2. Child*2 or

child restraint

system*3

3. Unoccupied

4. There is a

malfunction

in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

"PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF"indicator light

SRS warninglight

Front passen-ger air bag

Activated

Activated

Deactivated

Activated

Side air bag

Activated

Activated

Activated

Activated

Curtain air bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices

3 45


1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the center console.- Never sit on one side of the front

passenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat or seatbackpocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the front pas-senger seatback.

(Continued)


463

When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” indicator is on, turn the igni-tion switch to the LOCK position and askthe passenger to sit properly (sittingupright with the seat back in an uprightposition, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor).Restart the engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allow thesystem to detect the person and toenable the passenger air bag.

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant classificationsensor will then classify the front pas-senger after several more seconds.

B990A01O

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indi-cator is illuminated because the airbag will not deploy in the event of acrash. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator remains illuminatedafter the adult passenger reposi-tions themselves properly and thecar is restarted, it is recommendedthat passenger move to the rearseat because the passenger's frontair bag will not deploy.Front seat passengers must stayproperly seated to avoid seriousinjury from a deploying air bag.

WARNINGDo not put a heavy load in the frontpassenger seatback pocket or onthe front passenger seat. Do nothang onto the front passenger seat.Do not hang any items, such as aseatback table, on the front passen-ger seatback. Do not place feet onthe front passenger seatback. Donot place any items under the frontpassenger seat. Any of these couldinterfere with proper sensor opera-tion.

Proper position

3 47


(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• A smaller-stature adult who is notseated correctly (for example:seat excessively reclined, leaningon the center console, or hipsshifted forward in the seat) cancause a condition where theadvanced frontal air bag systemsenses less weight than if theoccupant were seated properly(sitting upright with the seatbackin an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on thefloor).This condition can result in anadult potentially being misclassi-fied and illumination of the "PAS-SENGER AIR BAG OFF" indica-tor.

(Continued)• Do not modify or replace the front

passenger seat. Don't place any-thing on or attach anything suchas a blanket or seat heater to thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not sit on sharp objects suchas tools when occupying thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not use accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats.

• Accident statistics show thatchildren are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, as opposedto the front seat. It is recom-mended that child restraints besecured in a rear seat, includingan infant riding in a rear-facinginfant seat, a child riding in a for-ward-facing child seat and anolder child riding in a boosterseat.

(Continued)

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, never install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat. A deploying airbag can forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injuries ordeath. Any child age 12 andunder should ride in the rear seat.Children too large for childrestraints should use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. No mat-ter what type of crash, children ofall ages are safer when restrainedin the rear seat.

• If the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by an adult andhe/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor), havethat person sit in the rear seat.

(Continued)


483

C040400BEN-EU

Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag) Systemand lap/shoulder belts at both the driverand passenger seating positions. Theindications of the system's presence arethe letters "SRS AIR BAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover in the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-er information about the driver's seatposition, the driver's and front passen-ger's seat belt usage and impact severi-ty.

OEN036036

Driver’s front air bag

WARNINGIf the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illuminatebecause the passenger's front airbag is connected with the occupantclassification system. If there is amalfunction of the occupant classi-fication system, the "PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF" indicator will notilluminate and the passenger'sfront air bag will inflate in frontalimpact crashes even if there is nooccupant in the front passenger'sseat. If the SRS air bag warninglight does not illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, remains illuminated afterapproximately 6 seconds when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe occupant classification systemand the SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

OEN036037

Passenger’s front air bag

3 49


The driver's seat track position sensor,which is installed on the seat track, deter-mines if the seat is fore or aft of a refer-ence position. The seat belt buckle sen-sors determine if the driver and front pas-senger's seat belts are fastened. Thesesensors provide the ability to control theSRS deployment based on how close thedriver's seat is to the steering wheel,whether or not the seat belts are fas-tened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided formoderate-severity impacts. A secondstage level is provided for more severeimpacts.

According to the impact severity, seatingposition and seat belt usage, the SRSCM(SRS Control Module) controls the airbag inflation. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk or sever-ity of injury in an accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant classification system inthe front passenger's seat. The occupantclassification system detects the pres-ence of a passenger in the front passen-ger's seat and will turn off the front pas-senger's air bag under certain condi-tions. For more detail, see "Occupantclassification system" in this section.

WARNINGIf a seat track position sensor or anoccupant classification system isnot working properly, the SRS airbag warning light on the instru-ment panel will illuminate becausethe SRS air bag warning light isconnected with the seat track posi-tion sensor and the occupant clas-sification system. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, remains illumi-nated after approximately 6 sec-onds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect theadvanced SRS air bag system assoon as possible.

AIRBAG

WARNING• Modification to the seat structure

can adversely affect the seattrack position sensor and causethe air bag to deploy at a differentlevel than should be provided.

• Do not place any objects under-neath the front seats as theycould damage the seat trackposition sensor or interfere withthe occupant classification sys-tem.

• Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near thefront seat. These may cause amalfunction of the seat trackposition sensor.


503

✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the sunvisor.

• Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-vide enhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in collisions inwhich protection can be provided bythe pre-tensioner seat belt.

(Continued)• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned driver and passengerscan be severely injured by inflat-ing air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger to ridein the front seat when the “PAS-SENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicatoris illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event ofa moderate or severe frontalcrash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate with con-siderable force and in the blink ofan eye. Seat belts help keep occu-pants in proper position to obtainmaximum benefit from the air bag.Even with advanced air bags,improperly and unbelted occupantscan be severely injured when theair bag inflates. Always follow theprecautions about seat belts, airbags and occupant safety con-tained in this manual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

(Continued)

WARNINGIf you are considering modificationof your vehicle due to a disability,please contact the HyundaiCustomer Assistance Center at 1-800-633-5151.

3 51


OEP036096N

OVQ036018N

1VQA2091

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Never place covers, blankets orseat warmers on the passengerseat as these may interfere withthe occupant classification sys-tem.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)


523

C040600AEN-EU

Side impact air bagYour vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never beplaced in the front seat.The infantor child could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploymentin case of an accident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

OUN026141

OEN036038

3 53


The side impact air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and point of impact. Theside impact air bags are not designed todeploy in all side impact situations.

(Continued)• Do not install any accessories on

the side or near the side impactair bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental sideimpact air bag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignition switchis on.

• If the seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer because yourvehicle is equipped with sideimpact air bags and an occupantclassification system.

WARNING• The side impact air bag is sup-

plemental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute for them.Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times while the vehicleis in motion. The air bags deployonly in certain side impact condi-tions severe enough to causesignificant injury to the vehicleoccupants.

• For best protection from the sideimpact air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side impact air bag,both front seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belt properly fastened. Thedriver's hands should be placedon the steering wheel at the 9:00and 3:00 positions. The passen-ger's arms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

• Use of seat covers could reduceor prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

(Continued)


543

C040700AEN

Curtain air bagCurtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide the best protec-tion, both front seat occupantsand both outboard rear occu-pants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat belts prop-erly fastened. Importantly, chil-dren should sit in a proper childrestraint system in the rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When children are seated in the

rear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toposition the child restraint sys-tem as far away from the doorside as possible, and secure thechild restraint system in a lockedposition.

• Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Failure to follow the above instruc-tions can result in injury or death tothe vehicle occupants in an acci-dent.

OEN038039

OUN026091

3 55


C040800AEN

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (4) Side impact sensor

OEN036040/OEN036041/OEN036042/OEN036043/OEN036044

1 2 3 4


563

C040801AEN

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

1VQA2084

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B and C pil-lars where side collision sensorsare installed. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing bumper guards orreplacing a bumper with non-gen-uine parts may adversely affectyour vehicle’s collision and airbag deployment performance.

3 57


Side impact and curtain air bagsSide impact and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side impact and curtainair bags are designed to inflate only inside impact collisions, but they mayinflate in other collisions if the sideimpact sensors detect a sufficientimpact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roads,the air bags may deploy. Drive carefullyon unimproved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

C040802AEN

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1VQA2086

OVQ036018N

OUN026090


583

• Frontal air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case, inflat-ed air bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, side impact and curtain airbags may inflate depending on theintensity, vehicle speed and angles ofimpact.

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

1VQA2089OVQ036018NOUN036087

3 59


• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly reduced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deploymentwould not provide protection to theoccupants.However, side impact and curtain airbags may inflate when the vehicle isrolled over by a side impact collision, ifthe vehicle is equipped with sideimpact air bags and curtain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1VQA2090 1VQA2091 1VQA2092


603

C041100AEN

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS "AIR BAG"warning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er. Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrument panel,and the front passenger's panelabove the glove box, because anysuch object could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severe enoughto cause the air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer knows theseprecautions and can give you thenecessary information. Failure tofollow these precautions and pro-cedures could increase the riskof personal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water on theflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3 61


C041300AUN

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

C041400AUN

Adding equipment to or modifyingyour air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.


623

C041200AUN-EU

Air bag warning label (if equipped)Air bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alertthe driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

OEN037045/OEN036046/OEN036048

1

2

4

Keys / 4-3Smart key / 4-4Remote keyless entry / 4-8Theft-alarm system / 4-12Door locks / 4-14Tailgate / 4-18Windows / 4-25Hood / 4-29

Fuel filler lid / 4-30Sunroof / 4-32Driver position memory system / 4-36Power adjustable pedals / 4-38Steering wheel / 4-39Mirrors / 4-41Instrument cluster / 4-51Rear parking assist system / 4-67Hazard warning flasher / 4-69Lighting / 4-70Wipers and washers / 4-74Interior light / 4-78Defroster / 4-83Manual climate control system / 4-84Automatic climate control system / 4-96


Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-106Storage compartment / 4-109

Interior features / 4-112Exterior feature / 4-119

Audio system / 4-121Rear seat entertainment system (RSE) / 4-153

Features of your vehicle4

4 3


D010100AEN

Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this numberwill enable an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er to duplicate the keys easily. Removethe bar code tag and store it in a safeplace. Also, record the code number andkeep it in a safe place (not in the vehicle).

D010200AEN

Key operationsUsed to start the engine, lock and unlockthe doors.

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition switch. Children copyadults and they could place the keyin the ignition switch. The ignitionkey would enable children to oper-ate power windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result in seriousbodily injury or even death. Neverleave the keys in your vehicle withunsupervised children.

OUN046100L OUN026060

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens,the starter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.


44

D040000AEN

With a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door (and tailgate) and even start theengine without inserting the key.The functions of buttons on a smart keyare similar to the remote keyless entry.(Refer to the “Remote keyless entry” inthis section.)

D040100AEN

Smart key functionsWith possession of a smart key, you canlock and unlock the vehicle doors (andtailgate), and the smart key enablesstarting of the engine as well. Detailedinformation follows:

D040101AEN

Locking Pressing the buttons in the front outsidedoor handles with all doors (and tailgate)closed and any door unlocked, locks allthe doors (and tailgate). The hazardwarning lights blink and the chimesounds once to indicate that all doors(and tailgate) are locked. The button willonly operate when the smart key is with-in 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outsidedoor handle. If you want to make surethat a door has locked or not, you shouldcheck the door lock button inside thevehicle or pull the outside door handle.

OEN046301

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

OEN046303

4 5


D040102AEN-EU

Unlocking Pressing the buttons in the driver’s out-side door handle with all doors (and tail-gate) closed and locked, unlocks the dri-ver’s door. The hazard warning lightsblink and the chime sounds twice to indi-cate that the driver’s door is unlocked. Alldoors (and tailgate) are unlocked if thebutton is pressed once more within 4seconds. The hazard warning lights willblink and the chime will sound twice toindicate that all the doors (and tailgate)are unlocked.Pressing the button in the front passen-ger’s outside door handle with all doors(and tailgate) closed and locked, unlocksall the doors (and tailgate). The hazardwarning lights blink and the chimesounds twice to indicate that all doors(and tailgate) are unlocked. The buttonwill only operate when the smart key iswithin 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the out-side door handle.When the smart key is recognized in thearea of 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the frontoutside door handle, other people canalso open the door without possession ofthe smart key.

D040103AEN

Tailgate unlockingIf you are within 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) fromthe outside tailgate handle, with yoursmart key in your possession, the tail-gate will unlock and open when youpress the tailgate handle switch.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that the tailgate is unlocked.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will be lockedautomatically.

D040104AEN

Start-upYou can start the engine without insertingthe key. For detailed information refer tothe “Starting the engine with smart key”in section 5.


64

D040300AEN-EU

Smart key precautions✽✽ NOTICE• If, for some reason, you happen to lose

your smart key, you will not be able tostart the engine. Tow the vehicle, ifnecessary, and contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should immedi-ately take the vehicle and key to yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer to pro-tect it from potential theft.

• The smart key will not work if any offollowing occur:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- You keep the smart key near amobile two-way radio system or acellular phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the smart key, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

4 7


D040400AEN

Restrictions in handling keysWhen leaving keys with parking lot andvalet attendants, the following proce-dures will ensure that your vehicle’sglove box compartment can not beopened in your absence.1. Depress and hold the release button

(1) and remove the mechanical key.2. Close and then lock the glove box

using the mechanical key.3. Leave the smart key with the atten-

dant. The glove box is secure with themechanical key.

D040500AEN

Battery replacementA smart key battery should last for sever-al years, but if the indicator light getsweak or the smart key is not workingproperly, try replacing the battery with anew one. If you are unsure how to useyour smart key or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEThe circuit inside the smart key canhave a problem if exposed to moistureor static electricity. If you are unsurehow to use your smart key or replace thebattery, contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

1. Pry open the rear cover of the smartkey.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illus-tration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

✽✽ NOTICE• Using the wrong battery can cause the

smart key to malfunction. Be sure touse the correct battery.

• Circuits inside the smart key maydevelop problems when dropped,exposed to moisture or static electrici-ty.

• If you suspect that your smart keymight have sustained some damage,or you feel your smart key is notworking correctly, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

OEN046208OEN046302


84

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsD020101AEN-EU

Lock (1)All doors (and tailgate) are locked if thelock button is pressed.If all doors (and tailgate) are closed, thehazard warning lights blink and thechime sounds once to indicate that alldoors (and tailgate) are locked.

However, if any door (or tailgate) remainsopen, the hazard warning lights and thechime will not operate. If all doors (andtailgate) are closed after the lock buttonis pressed, the hazard warning lightsblink.

D020102AEN-EU

Unlock (2) Driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink twice to indicatethat the driver's door is unlocked.All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked ifthe unlock button is pressed once morewithin 4 seconds. The hazard warninglights will blink and the chime will soundtwice again to indicate that all doors (andtailgate) are unlocked.After depressing this button, the doors(and tailgate) will be locked automatical-ly unless you open any door within 30seconds.

D020104BEN-EE

Tailgate unlock (3)With power tailgate The tailgate is opened or closed auto-matically if the button is pressed for morethan 1 second. The hazard warning lightswill blink and the chime will sound 3times to indicate that the tailgate willswing upward or downward.

✽✽ NOTICEThe power tailgate is opened or closedby the transmitter regardless of the doorlock status. However, an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer can change the oper-ating logic so that the power tailgatemay be operated by the transmitterafter any door is unlocked. If you wantthis feature, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY

OEN048002

OEN046301

Type A

Type B

CAUTIONThe power tailgate can be operatedwhen the engine is not running.However, the power tailgate con-sumes large amounts of vehicleelectric power. To prevent the bat-tery from being discharged, do notoperate them consecutively (morethan approximately 10 times).

4 9


Without power tailgateThe tailgate is unlocked if the button ispressed for more than 1 second.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that the tailgate is unlocked.After depressing this button, the tailgatewill be locked automatically unless youopen the tailgate within 30 seconds.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will be lockedautomatically.

D020105AUN

Alarm (4)The horn sounds and hazard warninglights flash for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 0.5 sec-ond. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the transmitter.

D020200AEN-EU

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.


104

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful



D020300AEN

Battery replacementTransmitter uses a 3 volt lithium batterywhich will normally last for several years.When replacement is necessary, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centercover.

OEN048003

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

4 11


2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illus-tration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for transmit-ter reprogramming.

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

OEN046004


124

D030000AEN

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

D030100AEN-EU

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)

and engine hood are closed andlatched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system (or smartkey).

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink and thechime will sound once to indicate that thesystem is armed.

If any door (or tailgate) or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warning lightsand the chime will not operate and thetheft-alarm will not arm. If all doors (andtailgate) and engine hood are closedafter the lock button is pressed, the haz-ard warning lights blink once.

The system can also be armed by lock-ing the doors with the key from the frontdoors; however, the hazard warninglights will not blink using this method.

✽✽ NOTICEThe theft-alarm system by the key canbe deactivated by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.If you want this feature, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the vehicle, the alarm maybe activated when the remaining pas-senger(s) leave the vehicle. If anydoor (or tailgate) or engine hood isopened within 30 seconds after thesystem enters the armed stage, thesystem is disarmed to prevent anunnecessary alarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage

4 13


D030200AEN-EU

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using the ignition key or transmitter (orsmart key).

• The tailgate is opened without usingthe transmitter (or smart key).

• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously forapproximately 30 seconds, and repeatthe alarm once more unless the systemis disarmed. To turn off the system,unlock the doors with the ignition key ortransmitter.

D030400AEN-EU

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when thedoors (and tailgate) are unlocked with thetransmitter (or smart key) or the ignitionkey.After depressing the unlock button, thehazard warning lights will blink and thechime will sound twice to indicate that thesystem is disarmed.After depressing the unlock button, if anydoor (or tailgate) is not opened within 30seconds, the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Avoid trying to start the engine while

the alarm is activated. The vehiclestarting motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter (or smart key), insert thekey into the ignition switch, turn theignition switch to the ON position andwait for 30 seconds. Then the systemwill be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.


144

D050100AEN-EU

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.

• If you lock the door with a key, all vehi-cle doors will lock automatically.

• From the driver’s door, turn the key tothe right once to unlock the driver’sdoor and once more within 4 secondsto unlock all doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter (or smartkey).

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2) to the “Lock” posi-tion and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch (2), all vehicle doorswill lock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OEN046005

LockUnlock

OEN046006

4 15


Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleD050201AEN-EE

With the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on button will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the driver’s(or front passenger’s) door is pulledwhen the door lock button is in lockposition, the button is unlocked anddoor opens. (if equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch andany front door is open.

D050202AUN

With central door lock switchOperate by depressing the central doorlock switch.

OEN046007

Lock Unlock

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

• Move to the cargo area and openthe tailgate.

OEN046008

Driver’s door

OEN046009

Passenger’s door


164

• When pushing down on the front por-tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch andany front door is open, the doors willnot lock when the front portion (1) ofcentral door lock switch is pressed.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

4 17


D050300AEN

Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will be automatically unlockedwhen an impact causes the air bags todeploy.

D050400BEN-EU

Auto door lock/unlock feature• All doors will be automatically locked

when shifting the transaxle shift leverout of P(Park).

• All doors will be automatically unlockedwhen shifting the transaxle shift leverinto P(Park).

✽✽ NOTICEAn authorized HYUNDAI dealer canactivate or deactivate some auto doorlock/unlock features as follows;• Speed sensing auto door lock• Auto door unlock by using the dri-

ver's door lock button• Auto door unlock when the ignition

key is removed from the ignitionswitch

• Auto door lock/unlock by shifting thetransaxle shift lever out of P (Park) orinto P (Park)

If you want to activate or deactivatesome door lock/unlock feature, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

D050500AEN

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the lock( ) position. When the child safetylock is in the lock position, the reardoor will not open even though theinner door handle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (1).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until the rear doorchild safety lock is unlocked ( ).

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed. To pre-vent children from opening the reardoors from the inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

OEN046010


184

D070100AEN-EE

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or unlockedwith the key, transmitter (or smart key)or central door lock switch.

• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the tail-gate unlock button on the transmitter(or smart key) is pressed. Once thetailgate is opened and then closed, thetailgate is locked automatically.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle switch andpulling the handle up.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

D070200AUN

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

OEN046011

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachedhardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgate open,you will draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle which cancause serious injury or death tovehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopen, keep the air vents and allwindows open so that additionaloutside air comes into the vehicle.

4 19


D070300AEN

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with the emer-gency tailgate safety release lever locat-ed on the bottom of the tailgate. Whensomeone is inadvertently locked in theluggage compartment, if the lever ispushed, the tailgate latch mechanism isreleased and the tailgate is opened bypushing rearward.

WARNING• For emergencies, be fully aware

of the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever inthis vehicle and how to open thetailgate if you are accidentallylocked in the luggage compart-ment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compartmentof the vehicle at any time. Theluggage compartment is a verydangerous location in the eventof a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gencies only. Use extreme cau-tion, especially while the vehicleis in motion.

OEN046014

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.


204

D070400AEN-EE

Power tailgate (if equipped)(1) Power tailgate main control button(2) Power ON/OFF button(3) Power tailgate handle switch(4) Power tailgate sub control button

The power tailgate can be opened andclosed automatically with the transmitter(or smart key), the main control button onthe driver side crash pad, or the sub con-trol button or handle switch on the tail-gate.

When the power ON/OFF button is OFF(not depressed), the power tailgate canbe opened and closed manually bypressing the tailgate handle switch fromoutside vehicle and pulling the handleup.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the power tailgate is open approxi-mately 6 hours, the ECU will enter Sleepmode to conserve battery power and thetailgate might not close automatically.Close the tailgate manually and thenoperate the tailgate with the poweroperating system.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, the power tail-gate may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WARNINGNever leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle.Children or animals might operatethe power tailgate that could resultin injury to themselves or others, ordamage to the vehicle.

OEN036051

OEN038050

OEN046210

In the glove box

On the tailgate

OEN046013

On the tailgate

On the driver side crash pad

4 21


D070401AEN

Automatic stop and reversalIf, during power opening or closing, thetailgate is blocked by an object or part ofthe body, the power tailgate will detectthe resistance, then the chime will sound3 times, and it will stop movement ormove to the full open position to allow theobject to be cleared.However, if the resistance is weak suchas from an object that is thin or soft, orthe tailgate is near the latched position,the automatic stop and reversal may notdetect the resistance and the closingoperation will continue. Also, if the powertailgate is forced by a strong impact, theautomatic stop and reversal may oper-ate.

If the automatic stop and reversal featureoperates continuously more than twiceduring one opening or closing operation,the power tailgate may stop at that posi-tion. At this time, close the tailgate man-ually and operate the tailgate automati-cally again.

OEN036049

WARNING• Never intentionally place any

object or part of your body in thepath of the power tailgate tomake sure the automatic stopoperates.

• Make sure all faces, arms, hands,body parts and any other obstruc-tions are safely out of the waybefore operating the power tail-gate.

• Never place any object or part ofyour body in the path of thepower tailgate. This could resultin serious injury or cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Make sure there are no people orobjects around the tailgate beforeoperating the power tailgate.Have rear passengers or cargoget in or out of the vehicle onlyafter the tailgate is open fully andstopped.

CAUTION• The power tailgate can be operat-

ed when the engine is not run-ning. However the power opera-tion consumes large amounts ofvehicle electric power. To preventthe battery from being dis-charged, do not operate it exces-sively e.g.: more than approxi-mately 10 times repeatedly.

• To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave thepower tailgate in the open posi-tion for a long lime.

• Do not apply excessive forcewhile operating the power tail-gate. This could cause damage tothe power tailgate.

• Do not modify or repair any partof the power tailgate by yourself.This must be done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• When jacking up the vehicle tochange a tire or repair the vehicle,do not operate the power tailgate.This could cause the power tail-gate to operate improperly.


224

D070402AEN-EE

How to reset the power tailgateIf the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the related fuse has beenreplaced or disconnected, and the powertailgate doesn't work properly, the powertailgate must be reset as follows:1. Put the shift lever P (Park).

2. Pull out the memory fuse on the dri-ver's side fuse panel and reinstall itafter 1 minute.

3. Close the tailgate manually.4. Open the tailgate completely using the

transmitter (or smart key) or main con-trol button on the driver side crashpad.

5. Close the tailgate completely using thetransmitter (or smart key) or main con-trol button on the driver side crashpad.

If the power tailgate doesn't work proper-ly after above procedure, have the sys-tem checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

D070403AEN-EE

Power ON/OFF button• When the power ON/OFF button is ON

(depressed), the power tailgate can becontrolled with the sub control buttonon the tailgate. Also, the tailgate can beopened and closed automatically bypressing the tailgate handle switch andpulling handle up.

• When the power ON/OFF button isOFF (not depressed), the power tail-gate can not be controlled with the subcontrol button or tailgate handle switch.However, the tailgate can be controlledwith the transmitter (or smart key) orthe main control button on the driverside crash pad even though the powerON/OFF button is OFF (notdepressed).

OEN038050OEN076023

On the driver’s side fuse panel

4 23


Also, the tailgate can be opened orclosed manually by pressing the tail-gate handle switch and pulling the han-dle up or pushing the tailgate down-ward.

D070404AEN-EE

Power tailgate operation • Push the power tailgate main control

button on the driver side crash pad toopen or close the power tailgate.However, the power tailgate will notopen with the main control buttonwhen all doors and tailgate are lockedand closed and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch.

• The power tailgate can be opened orclosed by the transmitter (or smart key)regardless of the door lock status.

• When the power tailgate is operatedwith the main or sub control button ortransmitter (or smart key), the chimesounds and hazard warning lights flash3 times.

• When the power ON/OFF button is ON(depressed), do as follows to open orclose the power tailgate:- Pushing the sub control button on the

bottom of the tailgate will close thepower tailgate automatically.

- Pressing the tailgate handle switchwill open the power tailgate automat-ically when the tailgate is unlocked.

OEN036051

On the driver side crash pad

OEN046013

On the tailgate

WARNINGDo not allow children to play withthe power tailgate. Keep the powerON/OFF button in the OFF (notdepressed) position when not inuse. Serious injury or death canresult from unintentional poweroperation by a child.

CAUTIONClose the tailgate, and keep thepower ON/OFF button in the OFF(not depressed) position beforewashing the vehicle in an automaticcar wash.


244

• When the power ON/OFF button isOFF (not depressed), the power tail-gate can not be controlled with the subcontrol button or tailgate handle switch,and if the sub control button is pushed,the chime sounds once.However, the tailgate may be openedmanually by pressing the tailgate han-dle switch and lifting the tailgateupward. The tailgate may be manuallyclosed by pushing the tailgate down-ward.

• If the power tailgate is not closed andlatched completely after power closingoperation, the chime sounds 3 times.

• If the power tailgate is operated whilethe tailgate is in partially opened posi-tion (less than 10 degrees), the tailgateis automatically opened fully.If the power tailgate is operated whilethe tailgate is in half-opened position(more than 10 degrees), the tailgate isautomatically closed completely.

• If the power tailgate is operated againwhile the tailgate is closing, the tailgateis automatically opened fully.

• If the power tailgate is operated againwhile the tailgate is opening, the tail-gate is automatically closed complete-ly. However, if the power tailgate con-trol button is pressed again when thetailgate is open less than 10 degrees,the tailgate will continue to open.

Power tailgate non-opening conditionsThe power tailgate will not open auto-matically, but will close under the follow-ing conditions. If the main or sub controlbutton is pushed for power opening oper-ation, the chime sounds once.When the ignition switch is in the ONposition,1.Vehicle is moving above 3 mph (5 km/h).2. The gearshift lever is not in P (Park).

WARNINGEven though the power ON/OFFbutton is in the OFF (notdepressed) position, the tailgatewill still be propelled upward bymechanical force if the tailgate ismanually opened more than 10degrees beyond the fully closedposition. In addition, if the tailgateis manually closed to the second-ary latch position, the tailgate willbe electrically moved to the fullylatched position. Make sure thatface, arms, hands, and otherobstructions are safely out of theway before operating the tailgate.

WARNINGMake sure there are no people orobjects around the tailgate beforeoperating the power tailgate. Waituntil the tailgate is open fully andstopped before loading or unload-ing cargo or passengers from thevehicle.

WARNINGMake sure the tailgate is closedfirmly before driving. If the tailgateis open, you will draw dangerousexhaust fumes into your vehiclewhich can cause serious injury ordeath to vehicle occupants.

4 25


D080000AEN

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up/down

(Driver’s window)(7) Power window lock switch

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power windowsmay not work properly due to freezingconditions.

WINDOWS

OEN046015


264

D080100AUN

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door's window. The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of passengerwindows. The power windows can beoperated for approximately 30 secondsafter the ignition key is removed or turnedto the ACC or LOCK position. However, ifthe front doors are opened, the powerwindows cannot be operated within the30 second period after the ignition keyremoval.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving, if you notice buffetingand pulsation (wind shock) with eitherside window open, you should open theopposite window slightly to reduce thecondition.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closingThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

D080103AUN

Auto up/down window (Driver's window)Depressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the seconddetent position (6) completely lowers orlifts the window even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up or depress and releasethe switch to the opposite direction of themovement.

OUN026012 OMG035014

4 27


If the power window is not operated cor-rectly, the automatic power window sys-tem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close driver’s window and continue

pulling up on driver’s power windowswitch for at least 1 second after thewindow is completely closed.

Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 11.8 in. (30cm) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 1 in. (2.5 cm). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active when the“auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfway posi-tion on the power window switch.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

OUN026013


284

D080104AUN

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on the passenger doorsby depressing the power window lockswitch located on the driver’s door toLOCK (pressed).

• When the power window lock switchis ON, the driver’s master controlcannot operate the passenger doorpower windows.

OEN046016

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend face or arms out-side through the window openingwhile driving.

4 29


D090100AEN

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3. Raise the hood. It will raise completelyby itself after it has been raised abouthalfway.

D090200AEN

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Lower the hood halfway and pushdown to securely lock in place.

HOOD

OEN046017 OEN046018

WARNING• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

• Always double check to be surethat the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood in the raised position, asvision is obstructed and the hoodcould fall or be damaged.


304

D100100AUN

Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pushing the fuelfiller lid opener button located on the dri-ver’s door.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radi-ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the fuel

filler lid opener button.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank

cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AUN

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly and make sure that it is securelyclosed.

D100300AEN-EU

FUEL FILLER LID

OEN046019 OEN046020 WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine lightwill illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

4 31


(Continued)Use only approved portable plas-tic fuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warning at the

gas station facility.• Before refueling note the location

of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas stationfacility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)


324

D100500AUN

Emergency fuel filer lid releaseIf the fuel filler lid does not open usingthe remote fuel filler lid release, you canopen it manually. Unsnap and remove thepanel in the cargo area. Pull the handleoutward slightly.

D110000AEN

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control lever located on the over-head console.

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment or 911. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel with unleaded

fuel only.• If the fuel filler cap requires

replacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.

CAUTIONDo not pull the handle excessively,otherwise the luggage area trim orrelease handle may be damaged.

OEN046021

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OEN046022

4 33


✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilein an open or slide position.

D110100AEN

Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof (manualslide feature), pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever backward or forward to thefirst detent position.Pulling the control lever downward alsocloses the sunroof.To open or close the sunroof completelyeven when the lever is released (autoslide feature), pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever backward or forward to thesecond detent position. The sunroof willslide all the way open or closed. To stopthe sunroof sliding at any point, pull orpush the sunroof control lever momentar-ily in the opposite direction of sunroofmovement.

D110101AEN

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse direction, and thenstop.The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroof beforeclosing it.

CAUTIONDo not continue to move the sun-roof control lever after the sunroofis in the fully open, closed, or tiltposition(s). Damage to the motor orsystem components could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunroof or sun-shade while driving. This couldresult in loss of control and an acci-dent that may cause death, seriousinjury, or property damage.

OEN046023 OEN046024


344

D110200AEN

Tilting the sunroof To open or close the sunroof, push or pullthe sunroof control lever upward ordownward until the sunroof moves to thedesired position.Pushing the control lever forward alsocloses the sunroof.

D110300AEN

Sunshade The sunshade will automatically openwith the glass panel when the glasspanel moves. Close it manually if youwant it closed.

OEN046025

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that someone’s head,

hands and body are not trappedby a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside through thesunroof opening while driving.

• Make sure your hands and faceare safely out of the way beforeclosing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• The sunroof is made to slidetogether with the sunshade. Donot leave the sunshade closedwhile the sunroof is open.

OEN046026

4 35


D110500AEN

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, you must resetyour sunroof system as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. According to the position of the sun-roof, do the following.1) in case the sunroof is closed com-

pletely or tilted:Push the sunroof control leverupward until the sunroof tilts com-pletely upward.

2) in case the sunroof is open:Push the sunroof control lever for-ward until the sunroof closes com-pletely. Push the sunroof controllever upward until the sunroof tiltscompletely upward.

3. Release the sunroof control lever.4. Push the sunroof control lever upward

until the sunroof has returned to theoriginal tilt position after it is raised alittle higher than the maximum tiltposition. Then, release the lever.

5. Push the sunroof control lever upwarduntil the sunroof operates as follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem is reset.


364

DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

D120000AEN

A driver position memory system is pro-vided to store and recall the driver seat,outside rearview mirror and steeringwheel positions with a simple buttonoperation. By saving the desired positionsinto the system memory, different driverscan reposition the driver seat, outsiderearview mirror and steering wheel basedupon their driving preference. If the bat-tery is disconnected, the position memo-ry will be lost and the driving positionsshould be restored in the system.

✽✽ NOTICEThe buzzer sounds 10 times if there is amalfunction of the memory system.Have the driver position memory systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Storing positions into memoryusing the buttons on the doorD120101AEN

Storing driver’s seat positions1. Shift the transaxle shift lever into P

while the ignition switch is ON.2. Adjust the driver seat, outside

rearview mirror and steering wheel topositions comfortable for the driver.

3. Press SET button on the control panel.The system will beep once.

4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or2) within 5 seconds after pressing theSET button. The system will beeptwice when memory has been suc-cessfully stored.

WARNING Never attempt to operate the driverposition memory system while thevehicle is moving.This could result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property damage.

OEN036100

4 37


D120102AHM-EE

Recalling positions from memory1. Shift the transmisson shift lever into P

(Park) under one of the followings:• The ignition switch is ON.• The driver’s door is opened while the

ignition switch is in the LOCK or ACCposition.

• Within 30 seconds after the driver’sdoor is closed while the ignition switchis in the LOCK or ACC position.

2. To recall the position in memory, pressthe desired memory button (1 or 2).The system will beep once, then thedriver seat, outside rearview mirrorand steering wheel will automaticallyadjust to the stored positions.

Adjusting one of the control knobs for thedriver seat, outside rearview mirror andsteering wheel while the system is recall-ing the stored positions will cause themovement for that component to stopand move in the direction that the controlknob is moved. Other components willcontinue to the recalled position.

D120300AEN-EE

Easy access function (if equipped)With the shift lever in P position, the sys-tem will move the steering wheel forwardor rearward automatically so you cancomfortably enter and exit the vehicle.• Without smart key system

- It will move the steering wheel awayfrom the driver when the ignition keyis removed.

- It will move the steering wheel towardthe driver when the ignition key isinserted.

• With smart key system- It will move the steering wheel away

from the driver when the ignitionswitch is turned to the LOCK position.

- It will move the steering wheel towardthe driver when the ignition switch isturned to the ACC position.

✽✽ NOTICEAn authorized HYUNDAI dealer canselect the easy access function of the dri-ver’s power seat.If you want this feature, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

D120400AEN

Reverse parking aid function (if equipped)While the vehicle is moving backward,the outside rearview mirror(s) will movedownward to aid reverse parking.According to the position of the outsiderearview mirror switch (1), the outsiderearview mirror(s) will operate as follows:

L : When the remote control outsiderearview mirror switch is selected tothe L position, both outside rearviewmirrors will move downward.

R : When the remote control outsiderearview mirror switch is selected tothe R position, only the passenger'soutside rearview mirror will movedownward.

WARNING Use caution when recalling adjust-ment memory while sitting in thevehicle. Push the seat position con-trol knob to the desired positionimmediately if the seat moves toofar in any direction.

OEN037100


384

Neutral : When the remote control out-side rearview mirror switch isplaced in the middle position,the outside rearview mirrorswill not operate while the vehi-cle is moving backward.

✽✽ NOTICEThe outside rearview mirrors will auto-matically revert to their original posi-tions under the following conditions:1. Ignition switch is in the LOCK posi-

tion.2. Shift lever is moved to any position

except R.3. Remote control outside rearview mir-

ror switch is placed in the middleposition.

D310000AEN

To adjust the position of the acceleratorand brake pedals, turn the ignition switchto the ON position with the shift lever inthe P position and push the switch.

If you push the portion of the switch,the pedals move toward the driver.If you push the portion of the switch,the pedals move away from the driver.

D310100AEN

Setting the adjustable pedal posi-tion1. Be sure the parking brake is engaged.2. Move the accelerator and brake ped-

als to the front most position by push-ing the portion of the switch.

3. Adjust the seat position and the steer-ing wheel angle properly.

4. Move the pedals toward you until youcan fully depress the brake pedal bypushing the portion of the switch.

5. Depress the pedals a few times to getused to the feel after adjusting.

OEN046203

POWER ADJUSTABLE PEDALS (IF EQUIPPED)

4 39


D130100AEN

Power steeringPower steering uses energy from theengine to assist you in steering the vehi-cle. If the engine is off or if the powersteering system becomes inoperative,the vehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the power steering drive belt breaksor if the power steering pump malfunc-tions, the steering effort will greatlyincrease.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather (below -14°F/10°C), the power steering mayrequire increased effort when the engineis first started. This is caused byincreased fluid viscosity due to the coldweather and does not indicate a mal-function.When this happens, increase the engineRPM by depressing accelerator until theRPM reaches 1,500 rpm then release orlet the engine idle for two or three min-utes to warm up the fluid.

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheelagainst a stop (extreme right or leftturn) for more than 5 seconds withthe engine running. Holding thesteering wheel for more than 5 sec-onds in either position may causedamage to the power steeringpump.

WARNING• Adjust the pedals after parking

the vehicle on level ground. Neverattempt to adjust the pedals whilethe vehicle is moving.

• Never adjust the pedals with yourfoot on the accelerator pedal asthis may result in increasing theengine speed and acceleration.

• Make sure that you can fullydepress the brake pedal beforedriving. Otherwise, you may notbe able to hold down the brakepedal firmly in an emergencystop.

STEERING WHEEL


404

D130300AEN

Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

D130301AEN

Manual typeTo change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock-release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and the desired position (3), then pullup the lock-release lever to lock thesteering wheel in place. Be sure to adjustthe steering wheel to the desired positionbefore driving.

D130302CEN

Electric typeAdjust the steering wheel angle (2) andposition (3) with the knob (1) while theignition switch is ON. Never adjust theposition of the steering wheel while driv-ing.

OEN046202 OEN046030WARNING

• Never adjust the angle of thesteering wheel while driving. Youmay lose steering control andcause severe personal injury,death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

4 41


D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

D140100AUN

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror to center onthe view through the rear window. Makethis adjustment before you start driving.

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision throughthe rear window.

OEN046031


424

D140101AUN

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

D140105AEN

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) withcompass and HomeLink® system (if equipped)Your vehicle may be equipped with aGentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with aZ-Nav™ Electronic Compass Displayand an Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System. During nighttime driving,this feature will automatically detect andreduce rearview mirror glare while thecompass indicates the direction the vehi-cle is pointed. The HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver allows you to activate yourgarage door(s), electric gate, home light-ing, etc.

(1) Channel 1 button(2) Channel 2 button(3) Status indicator LED(4) Channel 3 button(5) Rear light sensor(6) Dimming ON/OFF button(7) Compass control button(8) Compass display

OEN046033NOEN046032

Day

Night

4 43


Automatic-Dimming Night VisionSafety™ (NVS®) MirrorThe NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is themost advanced way to reduce annoyingglare in the rearview mirror during anydriving situation. For more informationregarding NVS® mirrors and other appli-cations, please refer to the Gentex web-site:www.gentex.com

Automatic-dimming functionYour mirror will automatically dim upondetecting glare from the vehicles travel-ing behind you. The auto-dimming func-tion can be controlled by the DimmingON/OFF Button:

1. Pressing the button turns the auto-dimming function OFF which is indicat-ed by the green Status Indicator LEDturning off.

2. Pressing the button again turns theauto-dimming function ON which isindicated by the green Status IndicatorLED turning on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe mirror defaults to the ON positioneach time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass DisplayThe NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is alsoequipped with a Z-Nav™ Compass thatshows the vehicle Compass heading inthe Display Window using the 8 basiccardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

Compass functionThe Compass can be turned ON andOFF and will remember the last statewhen the ignition is cycled. To turn thedisplay feature ON/OFF:1. Press and release the button to

turn the display feature OFF.2. Press and release the button again

to turn the display back ON.Additional options can be set with pressand hold sequences of the button andare detailed below.

There is a difference between magneticnorth and true north. The compass in themirror can compensate for this differencewhen it knows the Magnetic Zone inwhich it is operating. This is set either bythe dealer or by the user. The operatingZone Numbers for North America areshown in the figure on the following sec-tion.

CAUTIONThe NVS® Mirror automaticallyreduces glare during driving condi-tions based upon light levels moni-tored in front of the vehicle andfrom the rear of the vehicle. Theselight sensors are visible throughopenings in the front and rear of themirror case. Any object that wouldobstructs either light sensor willdegrade the automatic dimmingcontrol feature.


444

To adjust the Zone setting:1. Determine the desired Zone Number

based upon your current location onthe Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the button for morethan 3 but less than 6 seconds, thecurrent Zone Number will appear onthe display.

3. Pressing and holding the buttonagain will cause the numbers to incre-ment (Note: they will repeat …13, 14,15, 1, 2, …). Releasing the buttonwhen the desired Zone Numberappears on the display will set the newZone.

4. Within about 5 seconds the compasswill start displaying a compass head-ing again.

There are some conditions that cancause changes to the vehicle magnets,such as installing a ski rack or a CBantenna. Body repair work on the vehiclecan also cause changes to the vehicle'smagnetic field. In these situations, thecompass will need to be re-calibrated toquickly correct for these changes. To re-calibrate the compass:

B520C05NF

4 45


1. Press and hold the button for morethan 6 seconds. When the compassmemory is cleared a "C" will appear inthe display.

2. To calibrate the compass, drive thevehicle in 2 complete circles at lessthan 5 mph (8 km/h).

Integrated HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystemThe HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem provides a convenient way toreplace up to three hand-held radio-fre-quency (RF) transmitters with a singlebuilt-in device. This innovative feature willlearn the radio frequency codes of mostcurrent transmitters to operate devicessuch as gate operators, garage dooropeners, entry door locks, security sys-tems, even home lighting. Both standardand rolling code-equipped transmitterscan be programmed by following the out-lined procedures. Additional HomeLink®

information can be found at: www.home-link.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Retain the original transmitter of the RFdevice you are programming for use inother vehicles as well as for futureHomeLink® programming. It is also sug-gested that upon the sale of the vehicle,the programmed HomeLink® buttons beerased for security purposes.

Programming HomeLink®

✽✽ NOTICE• When programming a garage door

opener, it is advised to park the vehi-cle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmit-ter of the device being programmed toHomeLink® for quicker training andaccurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require the igni-tion switch to be turned to the second(or "accessories") position for pro-gramming and/or operation ofHomeLink.

• In the event that there are still pro-gramming difficulties or questionsafter following the programming stepslisted below, contact HomeLink® at:www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

CAUTIONBefore programming HomeLink® toa garage door opener or gate oper-ator, make sure that people andobjects are out of the way of thedevice to prevent potential harm ordamage. Do not use HomeLink®

with any garage door opener thatlacks the safety stop and reversefeatures required by U.S. federalsafety standards (this includes anygarage door opener model manu-factured before April 1, 1982). Agarage door that cannot detect anobject - signaling the door to stopand reverse - does not meet currentU.S. federal safety standards. Usinga garage door opener without thesefeatures increases the risk of seri-ous injury or death.


464

Standard programmingTo train most devices, follow theseinstructions:1. For first-time programming, press and

hold the two outside buttons,HomeLink® Channel 1 and Channel 3Buttons, until the indicator light beginsto flash (after 20 seconds). Releaseboth buttons. Do not hold the buttonsfor longer than 30 seconds.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) awayfrom the HomeLink® buttons whilekeeping the indicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and hold boththe HomeLink® and hand-held trans-mitter button. DO NOT release the but-tons until step 4 has been completed.

4. While continuing to hold the buttonsthe red Indicator Status LED will flashslowly and then rapidly afterHomeLink® successfully trains to thefrequency signal from the hand-heldtransmitter. Release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your device shouldactivate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

6. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow steps 2through 5.

Rolling code programmingRolling code devices which are "code-protected" and manufactured after 1996may be determined by the following:• Reference the device owner's manual

for verification.• The handheld transmitter appears to

program the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver but does not activate thedevice.

• Press and hold the trained HomeLinkbutton. The device has the rolling codefeature if the indicator light flashes rap-idly and then turns solid after 2 sec-onds.

To train rolling code devices, follow theseinstructions:1. At the garage door opener receiver

(motor-head unit) in the garage, locatethe "learn" or "smart" button. This canusually be found where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit. Exact location and color ofthe button may vary by garage dooropener brand.

If there is difficulty locating the trainingbutton, reference the device owner'smanual or please visit our Web site atwww.homelink.com.

2. Firmly press and release the "learn" or"smart" button (which activates the"training light").

✽✽ NOTICEThere are 30 seconds in which to initiatestep3.

3. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,hold for two seconds and then releasethe desired HomeLink® button. Repeatthe "press/hold/release" sequence asecond time to complete the program-ming. (Some devices may require youto repeat this sequence a third time tocomplete the programming.)

4. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your device shouldactivate.

5. To program the remaining twoHomeLink® buttons, follow either steps1 through 4 above for other RollingCode devices or steps 2 through 5 inStandard Programming for standarddevices.

4 47


Gate operator & Canadian program-mingDuring programming, your handheldtransmitter may automatically stop trans-mitting. Continue to press the IntegratedHomeLink® Wireless Control System but-ton (note steps 2 through 4 in theStandard Programming portion of thisdocument) while you press and re-press("cycle") your handheld transmitter everytwo seconds until the frequency signalhas been learned. The indicator light willflash slowly and then rapidly after sever-al seconds upon successful training.

Operating HomeLink®

To operate, simply press and release theprogrammed HomeLink® button.Activation will now occur for the traineddevice (i.e. garage door opener, gateoperator, security system, entry doorlock, home/office lighting, etc.). For con-venience, the hand-held transmitter ofthe device may also be used at any time.

Reprogramming a single HomeLink®

buttonTo program a new device to a previouslytrained HomeLink® button, follow thesesteps:1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do NOT release until step 4has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehandheld transmitter 1 to 3 inchesaway from the HomeLink® surface.

3. Press and hold the handheld transmit-ter button. The HomeLink® indicatorlight will flash, first slowly and then rap-idly.

4. When the indicator light begins to flashrapidly, release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe the redStatus Indicator LED. If the indicatorlight stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your new deviceshould activate.

Erasing HomeLink® buttonsIndividual buttons cannot be erased.However, to erase all three programmedbuttons:1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash-after 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons. Do not hold forlonger than 30 seconds.

The Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System is now in the training(learn) mode and can be programmed atany time following the appropriate stepsin the Programming sections above.


484

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3

This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC Rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. this device may not cause harmful



NVS® is a registered trademark and Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the GentexCorporation, Zeeland, Michigan.HomeLink® is a registered trademarkowned by Johnson Controls,Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

D140300AEN

Conversation mirror (if equipped)The mirror is a convenient feature to helpthe front passenger talk with rear pas-sengers without turning the head or bodyrearward.To use the mirror, push the cover andopen it.Adjust mirror angle to the desired posi-tion.Close the cover after use.

D140200AUN-EU

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

WARNINGDo not adjust the mirror angle ortalk with rear passengers for a longtime while driving. You may loseyour steering control and cause anaccident that result in severe per-sonal injury or death.

WARNINGThe transceiver has been testedand complies with FCC andIndustry Canada rules. Changes ormodifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void theuser's authority to operate thedevice.

OEN046146WARNING - Rearview mir-

rors• The right outside rearview mirror

is convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

4 49


CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

D140201AEN

Remote controlThe electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, pushthe switch (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on the mirroradjustment control to position the select-ed mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the switch into neu-tral (center) position to prevent the inad-vertent adjustment.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

OEN047037


504

D140202AUN-EU

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold the outside rearview mirror, graspthe housing of the mirror and then fold ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

D140203AEN

Automatic-dimming outside rearviewmirror (AUTO DIM) (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the auto-matic-dimming outside rearview mirror, itwill operate at the same time you turn onthe auto-dimming function of the electricchromic inside rearview mirror (ECM).The automatic-dimming outside rearviewmirror will automatically dim upon detect-ing glare from vehicles traveling behindyou.

OEN046215

4 51


INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Turn signal indicators

3. Speedometer

4. Engine temperature gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Shift position indicator

7. Odometer/Trip computer*

8. Fuel gauge

* : if equipped

OEN049040N-1D150000AUN-EU

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.


524

D150100AUN

Instrument panel illuminationWhen the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, rotate the illuminationcontrol knob to adjust the instrumentpanel illumination intensity.

GaugesD150201AUN

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in milesper hour and/or kilometers per hour.

D150202AUN

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.When the door is open, or if the engine isnot started within 1 minute, the tachome-ter pointer may move slightly in ON posi-tion with the engine OFF. This movementis normal and will not affect the accuracyof the tachometer once the engine is run-ning.

OEN046181 OEN046044OEN046216

4 53


D150203AUN

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

OEN046047L

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine dam-age.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.


544

D150204AUN

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given in sec-tion 8. The fuel gauge is supplemented bya low fuel warning light, which will illumi-nate when the fuel tank is near empty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

D150205AEN-EU

Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped)OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

✽✽ NOTICEFederal and state laws forbid alterationof the odometer of any vehicle with theintent to change the mileage registeredon the odometer. The alteration mayvoid your warranty coverage.

OEN046048L

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

OEN046200N

4 55


TripmeterTRIP A: Tripmeter ATRIP B: Tripmeter BThe tripmeter indicates the distance ofindividual trips selected by the driver.

Tripmeter A or B can be selected bypressing the TRIP button for less than 1second.Tripmeter A or B can be reset to 0.0 bypressing the RESET button for 1 secondor more, and then releasing.

D150206AEN-EE

Trip computer (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,including odometer, tripmeter, drivingtime, average speed, average fuel con-sumption and distance to empty on thedisplay when the ignition switch is in theON position. All stored driving informa-tion (except odometer) is reset if the bat-tery is disconnected.

OEN046053N

OEN046052

OEN046051

OEN046052


564

The odometer is always displayed untilthe display is turned off.Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond to select tripmeter, driving time,average speed, average fuel consump-tion or distance to empty function as fol-lows:

OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

TripmeterTRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the tripmeter (TRIPA or TRIP B) is being displayed, clearsthe tripmeter to zero (0.0).

OEN046049NTripmeter B

Average speed

Driving time

Average fuel consumption

Tripmeter A

Distance to empty

OEN046053N

4 57


Distance to emptyThis mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 30 miles (50km), “----” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 30 to1500 miles (50 to 1500 km).

Average speedThis mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going while theengine is running.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average speedis being displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (---).

Driving timeThis mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, thedriving time keeps going while the engineis running.The meter’s working range is from0:00~99:59.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the driving time isbeing displayed, clears the driving time tozero (0:00).

OEN046056N OEN046055N OEN046054N


584

Average fuel consumptionThis mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 0.03 miles (50 m).Pressing the RESET button for more than1 second, when the average fuel con-sumption is being displayed, clears theaverage fuel consumption to zero (----).

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons (6liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

D150300AEN

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

D150302AEN

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the AIR BAGwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OEN046186N

A I RBAG

4 59


D150303AEN

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light

This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a malfunction with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglightIf two warning lights illumi-nate at the same time whiledriving, your vehicle mayhave a malfunction with theABS and EBD system.

In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. In this case, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

D150304AEN-EU

Seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.The warning light will blink again forapproximately 6 seconds when startingthe engine.If the driver’s seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ONand/or START or if it is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned ON, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds until the belt is fas-tened. If the driver's seat belt is not fas-tened when the vehicle speed exceeds 6mph (10 km/h), the seat belt warning lightand chime will operate for approximately11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds onand 24 seconds off until the belt is fas-tened or the vehicle speed decreasesbelow 3 mph (5 km/h).

WARNINGIf the both ABS and brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally during sudden braking. Inthis case, avoid high speed drivingand abrupt braking. Have your vehi-cle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.


604

D150305AUN

Turn signal indicator

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

D150307AEN

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer beforethe car is driven again.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

4 61


D150308AEN-EU

Parking brake & brake fluidwarning light

Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released while engine is run-ning.The parking brake warning chime willsound to remind you that the parkingbrake is applied when you are drivingabove 10 km/h (6 mph). Always releasethe parking brake before you drive.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys-tem inspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of thebrake system working. If the brakes failwhile you are driving, shift to a lower gearfor additional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

D150331BEN

Low tire pressure telltale

The low tire pressure telltale comes onfor 3 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.If the warning light does not come on, orcontinuously remains on after coming onfor about 3 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position, theTire Pressure Monitoring System is notworking properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.This warning light will also illuminate ifone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible. Ifthe warning light illuminates while driv-ing, reduce vehicle speed immediatelyand stop the vehicle. Avoid hard brakingand overcorrecting at the steering wheel.Inflate the tires to the proper pressure asindicated on the vehicle’s tire informationplacard.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.


624

D150332AEN

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System) malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator comeson for 3 seconds after the ignition switchis turned to the ON position. If the warn-ing light does not come on, or continu-ously remains on after coming on forabout 3 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position, theTire Pressure Monitoring System is notworking properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

The warning light also comes on andstays on when there is a problem with theTire Pressure Monitoring System.If this happens, the system may not mon-itor the tire pressure. Have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

D150312AUN

Shift pattern indicator

The indicator displays to show the auto-matic transaxle shift lever selection.

D150313AEN

Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer correct the problemas soon as possible.

WARNING - Low tire pres-sure

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable and cancontribute to loss of vehicle controland increased braking distances.Continued driving on low pressuretires will cause the tires to overheatand fail.

TPMS

WARNING - Safe stopping• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakesgradually and with light force,and slowly move to a safe posi-tion off the road.

4 63


D150316AEN

Door and tailgate ajarwarning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor (or tailgate) is not closed securelywith the ignition switch in any position.The warning light indicates which door(or tailgate) is open.

D150317CEN-EU

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

With smart key system (if equipped)If any of the following occurs in a vehicleequipped with the smart key, the immobi-lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or thelight goes off.• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if

the ignition switch is depressed, theindicator will illuminate for a few min-utes to indicate that you will be able tostart the engine, and if the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position, theindicator will illuminate until the engineis started. However, when the smartkey is not in the vehicle, if the ignitionswitch is depressed, the indicator willblink for a few minutes to indicate thatyou will not be able to start the engine,and the ignition switch is not rotated.

• When the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position from the ACC positionwithout the smart key in the vehicle,the indicator light turns off after blink-ing.

• When the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position and the indicator turnsoff after 2 seconds, the system mayhave a problem. Have the vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• When the battery is weak, if the igni-tion switch is depressed, the indicatorwill blink and you will not be able tostart the engine. However, you may stillbe able to start the engine by insertingthe smart key in the ignition switch. Ifsmart key system related parts have aproblem, the indicator blinks.


644

D150318AUN

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

D150319AUN

Low washer fluid levelwarning light (if equipped)

This warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is near empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

D150320AEN-EU

Malfunction indicator (MIL)(check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to your near-est authorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible which couldresult in loss of engine power.Have the Engine Control Systeminspected as soon as possible byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CHECKCHECK

4 65


D150323AUN-EU

ESC indicator (ElectronicStability Control)

The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions and under normaldriving conditions, the ESC light willremain off. When a slippery or low trac-tion condition is encountered, the ESCwill operate, and the ESC indicator willblink to indicate the ESC is operating.

D150324AEN-EU

ESC OFF indicator

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated. If this indicatorstays on when ESC OFF is not selected,the ESC may have a malfunction. Takeyour car to an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er and have the system checked.

D150325AEN

Cruise indicator

CRUISE indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise control system is enabled.The cruise indicator light in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control ON-OFF button on thesteering wheel is pushed.The indicator light turns off when thecruise control ON-OFF button is pushedagain. For more information about theuse of cruise control, refer to “Cruisecontrol system” in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise function switch (COAST/SET orRES/ACCEL) is ON.The cruise SET indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illuminated whenthe cruise control switch (COAST/SET orRES/ACCEL) is pushed. The cruise SETindicator light does not illuminate whenthe cruise control switch (CANCEL) ispushed or the system is disengaged.

D150327AUN

Key reminder warning chime If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

ESC

ESCOFF

SET

CRUISE


664

D150336AEN-EU

AWD system warning light(if equipped)

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the AWD system warninglight will come on and then go off in a fewseconds.

D150337AEN-EU

AWD LOCK indicator (if equipped)

The AWD LOCK indicator light is illumi-nated when the AWD LOCK button ispushed. The purpose of this AWD LOCKmode is to increase the drive powerwhen driving on dry road surfaces, wetpavement, snow-covered roads and/oroff-road. The AWD LOCK indicator lightis turned off by pushing the button again

D150338BEN

KEY OUT indicator (if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, if any door is open, the sys-tem checks for the smart key. If thesmart key is not in the vehicle, the indi-cator will blink, and if all doors areclosed, the chime will also sound forabout 5 seconds. The indicator will turnoff while the vehicle is moving. Keep thesmart key in the vehicle.

CAUTIONIf the AWD system warning light ( ) blinks, this indicates thatthere is a malfunction in the AWDsystem. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

KEYOUT

CAUTIONDo not use AWD LOCK mode on drypaved roads or highway, it cancause noise, vibration or damage ofAWD related parts.

A W DLOCK

4 67


D170000AEN

The rear parking assist system assiststhe driver during backward movement ofthe vehicle by chiming if any object issensed within a distance of 47 in. (120cm) behind the vehicle. This system is asupplemental system and it is not intend-ed to nor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the back sensors are limit-ed. Whenever backing-up, pay as muchattention to what is behind you as youwould in a vehicle without a rear parkingassist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemD170101AEN

Operating condition• This system will activate when backing

up with the ignition switch ON.If the vehicle is moving at a speed over3 mph (5 km/h), the system may not beactivated correctly.

• The sensing distance while the rearparking assist system is in operation isapproximately 47 in. (120 cm).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

D170102AUN

Types of warning sound• When an object is 47 in. to 32 in. (120

cm to 81 cm) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

• When an object is 31 in. to 16 in. (80cm to 41 cm) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently.

• When an object is within 15 in. (40 cm)of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OEN046058

WARNINGThe rear parking assist system is asupplementary function only. Theoperation of the rear parking assistsystem can be affected by severalfactors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhile backing up.Sensors


684

D170200AEN

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when the moisturehas been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It will operatenormally when the material is removedor the sensor is no longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-ent).

4. Objects generating excessive noise(vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes) are withinrange of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones

are within range of the sensor.7. The sensor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-

ter such as snow or water. (The sens-ing range will return to normal whenremoved.)

2. Outside air temperature is extremelyhot or cold.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-

sor frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than 40 in.(1 m) in height and narrower than 6 in.(14 cm) in diameter.

D170300AEN

Rear parking assist system pre-cautions• The rear parking assist system may

not sound sequentially depending onthe speed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation has beenmodified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognize objectsless than 15 in. (40 cm) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor. Sensor damage could occur.

4 69


✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors;It can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind the vehi-cle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.

D170400AEN

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently when shifting the gear to the R(Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction in the rear parking assist sys-tem. If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

D180000AUN

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

WARNINGPay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects on theroad, particularly pedestrians, andespecially children. Be aware thatsome objects may not be detectedby the sensors, due to the object’sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectiveness ofthe sensor. Always perform a visu-al inspection to make sure the vehi-cle is clear of all obstructionsbefore moving the vehicle in anydirection.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage tothe vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants due to a rear parking assistsystem malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OEN046059


704

D190100AUN

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the exterior lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

D190200AEN

Headlight escort function (if equipped)The headlights (and/or taillights) remainon for approximately 20 minutes after theignition key is removed or turned to theACC or LOCK position. However, if thedriver’s door is opened and closed, theheadlights are turned off after 30 sec-onds.

The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the transmit-ter (or smart key) twice or turning off thelight switch from the headlight or Autolight position.

D190300AEN

Rescue mode function (if equipped)If your vehicle has any problem on thevehicle network system, the headlights(low beam) turn on automatically with theignition switch in the ON position eventhough the headlight switch is not turnedon. At this time, the emergency lighting isnot turned off when the headlight switchis turned off.

D190400AUN

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

LIGHTING

CAUTIONIf the rescue mode occurs, haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer as soon aspossible.

OEN046060

4 71


D190401AEN

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail,license and instrument panel lights areON.

D190402AEN

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position), the head, tail,license and instrument panel lights areON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

D190403AUN

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willbe turned ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of light outsidethe vehicle.

OEN048062OEN048061 OEN048063


724

D190500AUN

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

CAUTION• Never place anything over sensor

(1) located on the instrumentpanel. This will ensure betterauto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner. The cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of coating on thefront windshield, the Auto lightsystem may not work properly.

OEN048065 OEN048064

4 73


D190600AUN

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating. They will self-cancel after aturn is completed. If the indicator contin-ues to flash after a turn, manually returnthe lever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, a bulb may be burned out orhave a poor electrical connection in thecircuit. D190700AEN-EU

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turnon when fog light switch is pressed afterthe headlights (low beam) are turned on.To turn off the fog lights, press the switchagain.

OEN048066 OEN046067

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.


744

A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe

AUTO – AUTO control wipe· LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent or Auto control wipetime adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes

D : Rear wiper/washer control· – Spraying washer fluid· ON – Intermittent wipe after some

normal wipe· OFF – Off· – Wash with brief wipes

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Type A

Type B

OEN048310N/OUN028371N/OEN048314N

Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer (if equipped)

4 75


D200100AEN-EU

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push

the lever upward and release itwith the lever in the OFF position.The wipers will operate continu-ously if the lever is pushedupward and held.

OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Use thismode in a light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob(1).

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

✽✽ NOTICE• When you operate the wipers, if your

vehicle has a problem in any part ofthe wiper operation system, the wipermay operate in the LO mode regard-less of the wiper switch position. Inthis case, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

• When the ignition key is removed, thewiper blade sometimes may move toproperly position slightly for reducingthe deterioration of the windshieldwipers.

OEN048069N

OUN028227N-1

Type B

Type A

Fast

Slow

Fast

Slow


764

D200101AEN

Auto control (if equipped)The rain sensor located on the upper endof the windshield glass senses theamount of rainfall and controls the wipingcycle for the proper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiper operates. Whenthe rain stops, the wiper stops.To vary thespeed setting, turn the speed controlknob (1).

If the ignition switch is turned ON whenthe wiper switch is set in AUTO mode, orthe wiper switch is set in AUTO modewhen the ignition switch is ON, or thespeed control knob is turned upwardwhen the wiper switch is in AUTO mode,the wiper will operate once to perform aself-check of the system. Set the wiper toOFF position when the wiper is not inuse.

CAUTIONWhen the ignition switch is ON andthe windshield wiper switch isplaced in the AUTO mode, use cau-tion in the following situations toavoid any injury to the hands orother parts of the body:• Do not touch the upper end of the

windshield glass facing the rainsensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of thewindshield glass with a damp orwet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the wind-shield glass.

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, set thewiper switch in the OFF position tostop the auto wiper operation.The wiper may operate and be dam-aged if the switch is set in the AUTOmode while washing the vehicle.Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of the pas-senger side windshield glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle in winter,set the wiper switch in the OFFposition. Otherwise, wipers mayoperate and ice may damage thewindshield wiper blades. Alwaysremove all snow and ice and defrostthe windshield properly prior tooperating the windshield wipers.

OEN048187N

Rain sensor

4 77


D200200AUN

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.

The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windshield andobscure your vision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

OUN028229N-1

OEN048070N

Type B

Type A


784

D200300AEN-EE

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.

- Spraying washer fluid and wipingON - Intermittent wiper operation after

some normal wiper operationOFF - Wiper is not in operation

- Wash with brief wipes

D210000AEN

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

OEN048071N

4 79


D210100AEN-EU

Map lamp - 1st rowThe light comes on when any door isopened regardless of the ignition switchposition.When doors are unlocked by the trans-mitter (or smart key), the light comes onfor approximately 30 seconds as long asany door is not open. The light goes outgradually after approximately 30 secondsif the door is closed. However, if the igni-tion switch is ON or all doors are locked,the light will turn off immediately.

If a door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCK position, thelight stays on for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is opened with theignition switch in the ON position, thelight stays on continuously.

• : Push the switch to turn themap lamp on or off. This lightproduces a spot beam for con-venient use as a map lamp atnight or as a personal lamp forthe driver and the front pas-senger.

• MOOD : Push the switch to turn themood lamp on or off.

• DOME : Push the switch to turn therear room lamp (2nd row) on oroff.

- 2nd row (if equipped)Push the switch to turn the map lamp onor off.This light produces a spot beam for con-venient use as a map lamp at night or asa personal lamp for the rear passenger.

OEN046076OEN046074N


804

D210200AEN

Room lamp - 2nd row• DOOR : In the DOOR position, the light

comes on when any door isopened regardless of the igni-tion switch position.When doors are unlocked bythe transmitter (or smart key),the light comes on for approxi-mately 30 seconds as long asany door is not open. The lightgoes out gradually afterapproximately 30 seconds ifthe door is closed. However, ifthe ignition switch is ON or alldoors are locked, the light willturn off immediately.

If a door is opened with theignition switch in the ACC orLOCK position, the light stayson for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is openedwith the ignition switch in theON position, the light stays oncontinuously.

• ROOM : In the ROOM position, the lightstays on at all times.

- 3rd row• : Push the switch to turn the

map lamp on or off. This lightproduces a spot beam for con-venient use as a map lamp atnight or as a personal lamp forthe rear passenger.

• DOOR : The light comes on when thetailgate is opened.

OEN046078OEN046075CAUTION

Do not leave the switch in this posi-tion for an extended period of timewhen the vehicle is not running.

4 81


D210300AEN

Luggage lamp (if equipped)If the switch is pushed, the light comeson when the tailgate is opened.

D210600AEN

Puddle lamp (if equipped)The puddle lamp comes ON when thedoor is opened to assist entering or exit-ing the vehicle.When doors are unlocked by the trans-mitter (or smart key), the light comes onfor approximately 30 seconds as long asany door is not open. The light goes outgradually after approximately 30 secondsif the door is closed. However, if the igni-tion switch is ON or all doors are locked,the light will turn off immediately.If a door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCK position, thelight stays on for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is opened with theignition switch in the ON position, thelight stays on continuously.

D210400AEN

Door courtesy lamp (if equipped)The door courtesy lamp comes ON whenthe door is opened to assist entering orexiting the vehicle. It also serves as awarning to passing vehicles that the vehi-cle door is open.

OEN046077 OEN046189 OEN046188


824

D210500AUN

Glove box lampThe glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.The parking lights or headlights must beON for the glove box lamp to function.

D210600AUN

Vanity mirror lampOpening the lid of the vanity mirror willautomatically turn on the mirror light.

OEN048080 OEN046081

4 83


D220000AUN

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “Windshielddefrosting and defogging” in this sec-tion.

D220100AEN

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from therear window, while the engine is running.

To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

D220101AEN

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side rearview mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

D220200AEN

Front windshield deicer (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the frontwindshield deicer, it will be operating atthe same time you operate the rear win-dow defroster.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

OEN046090

OEN046091

Type A

Type B

DEFROSTER


844

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OEN046093N/OEN046095

1. Fan speed control knob2. Mode selection knob3. Temperature control knob4. Air conditioning button5. Air intake control button6. Rear window defroster button7. Rear climate control selection button8. Rear fan speed control knob9. Rear mode selection button10. Rear temperature control knob

D230000AEN

■■ Front climate control

■■ Rear climate control (if equipped)

4 85


D230100AEN

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

OEN046097


864

❈❈ 2nd row outlet vents (E)• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet vents

is controlled by the front climate controlsystem and delivered through theinside air duct of the front doors. If thedoor is open or not closed completely,the air flow of the 2nd row outlet vent isnot delivered properly. Make sure thefront doors are closed completely.

• The air flow of the 2nd row outlet ventsmay be weaker than the instrumentpanel vents for the long air duct in thefront doors.

• Close the air vents in cold weather.Theair flow of the 2nd row outlet vents maycool a little during heating operation.(Use the 2nd row outlet vents duringcooling operation.)

D230101AEN-EU

Mode selectionThe mode selection knob controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Six symbolsare used to represent MAX A/C, Face,Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrostair position.The MAX A/C mode is used to cool theinside of the vehicle faster.

MAX A/C-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Off-Mode

The fan is turned off.

OEN046096N

4 87


Floor-Level (C, F, A, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, F, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left tothe maximum position. To open the vent,rotate it right to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D230102AUN

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm and hot air orleft position for cooler air.

OEN046100OEN046099


884

D230103AEN

Air intake control This is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air position The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when theoutside (fresh) air position isselected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

OEN046101

4 89


D230104AUN-EU

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the mode selection knob to theOFF position turns off the fan.

D230105AUN

Air conditioning Push the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate). Push the button again to turn theair conditioning system off.

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continued climate control systemoperation in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible while driv-ing.

OEN046102N OEN046103N


904

D230200AEN

Rear heating and air conditioningWhen the rear climate control selectionbutton is not pressed (the indicator lightis not illuminated), the temperature, fanspeed and mode of the rear climate con-trol system is controlled automaticallyaccording to the front climate control sys-tem operation.• Rear temperature and fan speed con-

trol: same as the front climate control• Rear mode control

- Front mode control is MAX A/C, : Rear mode control is

- Front mode control is : Rear mode control is

- Front mode control is , , : Rear mode control is

To turn off the rear fan during the front cli-mate control operation, press the rear cli-mate control selection button (the indica-tor light is illuminated) and set the rearfan speed control knob to the OFF posi-tion.

The temperature, fan speed and mode ofthe rear climate control system can becontrolled independently regardless ofthe front climate control system opera-tion.Press the rear climate control selectionbutton (the indicator light is illuminated)and set the rear temperature, fan speedand mode to the desired position.However, the front climate control systemshould be operated together for rear airconditioning;1. Set the front fan speed to the desired

position.2. Push the air conditioning button.3. Push the rear climate control selection

button.4. Set the rear temperature, fan speed

and mode to the desired position.

D230201AEN

Rear mode selectionThe rear mode is selected by pushing therear mode selection button on the rearcontrol panel as follows:

OEN046104N OEN046110

4 91


• : Rear air blows from the uppervents on the rear ceiling.

• : Rear air blows from the uppervents on the rear ceiling and thelower vents on the right rear.

• : Rear air blows from the lowervents on the right rear trim.

Rear ventsThe vent can be adjusted by rotating theblade.

✽✽ NOTICEIf all the vents are closed, it may causesome noise. Always open 2 vents ormore.

D230202AEN

Rear temperature controlTo change the air temperature in the rearpassenger compartment, turn the knobto the right for warm and hot air or left forcooler air.

OEN046111

OEN046112

OEN046114 OEN046108


924

D230203AEN

Rear fan speed controlTo change the fan speed, turn the knobto the right for higher speed or left forlower speed.To turn off the fan, turn the knob to theOFF position.

D230600AEN

Cool box (if equipped)You can keep beverage cans or otheritems warm or cool using the open/closelever of the vent installed in the centerconsole box.1. Turn on the fan and set the tempera-

ture control to the desired position.2. Set the mode control to the face ( )

or bi-level ( ) position.3. Turn the open/close lever of the vent

installed in the center console box tothe open position (2).

4. When the cool box is not used, turnthe lever to its closed position (1).

For improving the effectiveness of thecool box, do as follows;1. Set the temperature to the hot

(extreme right) position for warm air orto the cold (extreme left) position forcool air.Turn on the air conditioning system forcooler air.

2. Set the fan speed to the highest(extreme right) position.

3. Set the mode to the face ( ) posi-tion.

✽✽ NOTICEIf some items in the cool box block thevent, the warming or cooling effective-ness of the cool box is reduced.

OEN046106 OEN046136

WARNINGDo not put the perishable food inthe cool box because it may not beable to maintain the necessary con-sistent temperature to keep thefood fresh.

4 93


System operationD230501AUN

Ventilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

D230502AEN

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system on.• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode

to the or position.

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilationsystem, temporarily set the air intakecontrol to the recirculated air position.Be sure to return the control to thefresh air position when the irritationhas passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

D230503AEN

Air conditioning All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position, set the mode control tothe MAX A/C position, then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.


944

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be runwith the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristics.

4 95


D230300AEN

Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter every 10,000 miles

(15,000 km) or once a year.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty or roughroads, more frequent air conditionerfilter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

D230400AEN

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeimpact on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core


964

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. A/C display

2. Driver’s temperature control button

3. Front windshield defrost button

4. Rear window defrost button

5. AUTO (automatic control) button

6. Passenger’s temperature control button

7. Dual temperature control selection button

8. Rear climate control selection button

9. Air quality control system button (if

equipped) or air intake control button

10. OFF button

11. Fan speed control knob

12. Air conditioning button

13. Mode selection button

14. Rear fan speed control knob

15. Rear mode selection button

16. Rear temperature control knob

OEN046116/OEN046095D240000AEN-EU

■■ Front climate control

■■ Rear climate control (if equipped)

4 97


D240100AEN

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Push the AUTO button. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby temperature setting.

2. Push the TEMP button to set thedesired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,press any button or turn any knobexcept the temperature control button.If you press the mode selection button,air conditioning button, defrost buttonor air intake control button, or turn thefan speed knob, the selected functionwill be controlled manually while otherfunctions operate automatically.

For your convenience and to improve theeffectiveness of the climate control, usethe AUTO button and set the temperatureto 73°F (23°C).

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OEN046121OEN046120


984

D240200AEN

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pushing buttonsother than the AUTO button. In this case,the system works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons selected.When pressing any button (or turningany knob) except the AUTO button whileusing automatic operation, the functionsnot selected will be controlled automati-cally.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

D240201AEN

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, F, A, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, F, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OEN046122

4 99


Defrost-Level (A, D, E)Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left tothe maximum position. To open the vent,rotate it right to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D240202AEN-EU

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by pushing the up ( )button.The temperature will decrease to the min-imum (Lo) by pushing the down ( ) but-ton.When pushing the button, the tempera-ture will increase or decrease by1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest tem-perature setting, the air conditioning willoperate continuously.

OEN046123 OEN046099 OEN046124


1004

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature individually 1. Press the DUAL button to operate the

driver and passenger side temperatureindividually. Pressing the right temper-ature control button will automaticallyswitch to the DUAL mode as well.

2. Press the left temperature control toadjust the driver side temperature.Press the right temperature control toadjust the passenger side tempera-ture.

When the driver side temperature is setto the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo) temper-ature setting, the DUAL mode is deacti-vated for maximum heating or cooling.

Adjusting the driver and passenger sidetemperature equally1. Press the DUAL button again to deac-

tivate DUAL mode. The passengerside temperature will be set to thesame as the driver side temperature.

2. Press the left temperature control but-ton. The driver and passenger sidetemperature will be adjusted equally.

Temperature conversionIf the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Fahrenheit.This is a normal condition.You can switchthe temperature mode betweenFahrenheit to Centigrade as follows;While pressing the MODE button,depress the DUAL button for 3 secondsor more. The display will change fromFahrenheit to Centigrade, or fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit.

D240203AEN

Air intake controlThis is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OEN046125 OEN046126N

4 101


Recirculated air positionWith the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionWith the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the air con-ditioning with the recirculated air posi-tion selected will result in excessively dryair in the passenger compartment.

D240204AEN

Air quality control (if equipped)The air inflow from outside the vehiclecan be automatically controlled. Pressthe button to activate the air quality con-trol system.When using AQS mode, AQS(Air QualityControl System) automatically sensesoutdoor air pollutants and minimizesthem from entering the vehicle, however,unpleasant or foul odors that might bepresent may still be noticeable within thevehicle.

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscure vis-ibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continued climate control systemoperation in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible while driving.

OEN046128N


1024

Exhaust gas cutoff mode :Air enters the vehicle from the outside.If exhaust gas enters the vehicle from theoutside, the exhaust gas cutoff mode isautomatically converted from the outsideair position to the recirculated air positionto prevent exhaust gas from entering thevehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEIt should be noted that prolonged oper-ation of the heating system in recircula-tion mode will give rise to misting of thewindshield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale. In addition, prolonged useof the air conditioning with the recircu-lation mode selected may result in theair within the passenger compartmentbecoming excessively dry.

D240205AUN

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by turning the fan speed controlknob.The higher the fan speed is, the more airis delivered.Pressing the OFF button turns off thefan.

D240206AUN

Air conditioningPush the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate).Push the button again to turn the air con-ditioning system off.

CAUTIONIf the windows fog up with theRecirculation or A.Q.S mode select-ed, set the air intake control to thefresh air position or A.Q.S controlto OFF.

OEN046127 OEN046129

4 103


D240208AUN

OFF modePush the OFF button to turn off the air cli-mate control system. However, you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

D240300AEN

Rear heating and air conditioningWhen the rear climate control selectionbutton is not pressed (the indicator lightis not illuminated), the temperature, fanspeed and mode of the rear climate con-trol system is controlled automaticallyaccording to the front climate control sys-tem operation.• Rear temperature and fan speed con-

trol: same as the front climate control• Rear mode control



- Front mode control is , , : Rear mode control is

To turn off the rear fan during the front cli-mate control operation, press the rear cli-mate control selection button (the indica-tor light is illuminated) and set the rearfan speed control knob to the OFF posi-tion.

The temperature, fan speed and mode ofthe rear climate control system can becontrolled independently regardless ofthe front climate control system opera-tion.Press the rear climate control selectionbutton (the indicator light is illuminated)and set the rear temperature, fan speedand mode to the desired position.However, the front climate control systemshould be operated together for rear airconditioning;1. Set the front fan speed to the desired

position.2. Push the air conditioning button.3. Push the rear climate control selection

button.4. Set the rear temperature, fan speed

and mode to the desired position.

OEN046180OEN046130


1044

D240301AEN

Rear mode selectionThe rear mode is selected by pushing therear mode selection button on the rearcontrol panel as follows:

• : Rear air blows from the uppervents on the rear ceiling.

• : Rear air blows from the uppervents on the rear ceiling and thelower vents on the right rear trim.

• : Rear air blows from the lowervents on the right rear trim.

Rear ventsThe vent can be adjusted by rotating theblade.

✽✽ NOTICEIf all the vents are closed, it may causesome noise. Always open 2 vents ormore.

OEN046134 OEN046114

OEN046111

OEN046112

4 105


D240302AEN

Rear temperature controlTo change the air temperature in the rearpassenger compartment, turn the knobto the right for warm and hot air or left forcooler air.

D240303AEN

Rear fan speed controlTo change the fan speed, turn the knobto the right for higher speed or left forlower speed.To turn off the fan, turn the knob to theOFF position.

D240500AEN

❈ For information on “Cool box”, “Systemoperation”, “Climate control air filter”,etc., refer to “Manual climate controlsystem” in this section.

OEN046133 OEN046132


1064

D250000AEN • For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up theinside of the windshield.

Manual climate control systemD250101AEN-EU

To defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Set the mode to the or posi-

tion.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, press the corre-sponding button manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

OEN046137N

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and that of the wind-shield could cause the outer sur-face of the windshield to fog up,causing loss of visibility. In thiscase, set the mode selection knobor button to the position andfan speed control knob or button tothe lower speed.

4 107


D250102AEN-EU

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Set the mode to the position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

Automatic climate control systemD250201AEN-EU

To defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

D250202AEN-EU

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

OEN046139N OEN046140NOEN046138N


1084

D250300AUN-EU

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of fogging upthe inside of the windshield, the air intakeis controlled automatically according tocertain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return the defog-ging logic, do the following.

D250301AUN

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Turn the mode selection knob to the

defrost position ( ).3. Push the air intake control button at

least 5 times within 3 seconds.The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof interval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

D250302AUN

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defrost position pressing

defrost button ( ).3. While holding the air conditioning but-

ton (A/C) pressed, press the air intakecontrol button at least 5 times within 3seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

OEN046141N OEN046142N

4 109


D270000AUN

These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror passengers.

D270100AEN

Center console storage These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.To open the center console storage, pushthe button (1) or pull up the lever (2).

D270200AEN

Glove boxThe glove box can be locked andunlocked with a master key.To open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover cannot closesecurely.

OEN048144OEN046143

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.


1104

D270300AUN

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses in the compart-ment door with the lenses facing out.Push to close.

D270400AEN

Multi boxFrontTo open the cover, press the button andthe cover will slowly open.

OEN046145 OEN046151

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glasses inside the sunglass hold-er. Such objects can be thrownfrom the holder in the event of asudden stop or an accident, pos-sibly injuring the passengers inthe vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.

(If equipped)

4 111


RearTo open the cover, lift the cover. It can beused for storing small items.

D270500AEN

Luggage boxYou can place a first aid kit, a reflector tri-angle, tools, etc. in the box for easyaccess.1. Grasp the handle on the edge of the

cover and lift it.

2. Pull out the support rod and hold thecover open with the support rod byinserting the free end of the rod intothe slot on the side of the box.

OEN046147 OEN047148 OEN047149


1124

D280100AEN

Cigarette lighterFor the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To open the cover, press the cover and itwill slowly open.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the elementhas heated, the lighter will pop out to the“ready” position.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAIreplacement or its approved equivalent.

D280200AEN

Ashtray

To open the cover, press the cover and itwill slowly open. To clean the ashtray, theplastic receptacle should be removed bylifting the plastic ash receptacle upwardand pulling it out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTIONOnly a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, etc.) maydamage the socket or cause electri-cal failure.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

OEN046153

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

OEN046154

4 113


D280300AEN

Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

FrontTo open the cover, press the cover and itwill slowly open.

CenterTo open the cover, press the cover and itwill slowly open.Place a cup or small beverage can in theholder after pulling out the support (1).

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you burn yourself.Such a burn to the driver couldlead to loss of control of the vehi-cle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OEN046155

OEN036201

Front

Center

OEN046156

Rear


1144

D280400AEN

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window, pullit downward, unsnap it from the bracket(1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (3).Adjust the sunvisor extension forward orbackward (4).The ticket holder (5) is provided for hold-ing a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

D280500AEN

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

OEN046157

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp

Close the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge and pos-sible sunvisor damage.

OEN046158

OEN046160

Center (if equipped)

Front

4 115


D281300AEN

AC inverter (if equipped)These supply 115VAC/150W electricpower to operate electric accessories orequipment when the ignition switch is inthe ON position or engine is running. TheAC inverter is turned on by pushing in theswitch. To turn the AC inverter off, pushthe switch a second time.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen pushing the AC inverter switch,the switch indicator illumination isdelayed momentarily while the systemconducts a self-check.

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and removethe accessory plug after use.Using the accessory plug for pro-longed periods of time with theengine off could cause the bat-tery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.

OEN046203N

OEN048161N

CAUTION• When not using the AC inverter,

make sure that the switch isturned off, and is closed the ACinverter cover.

• Only use when the engine is run-ning, and remove the plug fromthe AC inverter after using theaccessory. Using when theengine is not running or leavingthe accessory plugged in for longtime may cause the battery to dis-charge.

• Do not use electric accessoriesor equipment with maximum elec-tric power consumption greaterthan 150W (115VAC).

(Continued)


1164

D280600AEN

Digital clock

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

WARNINGThe AC inverter can be dangerous!When using the AC inverter, care-fully observe the following precau-tions to avoid serious injuries.• Do not use heated electric prod-

ucts (coffeepot, toaster, heater,iron, etc.).

• Do not insert foreign objects intoor touch the AC inverter; you mayget shocked.

• Do not let children operate ortouch the AC inverter.

• When not using the AC inverter,close the cover.

(Continued)• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into the AC invert-er. These devices may causeexcessive audio noise and mal-functions in other electronic sys-tems or devices used in yourvehicle.

• Do not use broken electric acces-sories or equipment, as they maydamage the AC inverter and vehi-cle's electrical system.

• Do not use two or more electricaccessories or equipment at thesame time.

• When input voltage is under 11V,the outlet LED and indicator willblink, and will automatically turnoff.

OEN046159N

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause an accident thatresults in severe personal injury ordeath.

4 117


D280601AUN

Hour (1)Pressing the H button with your finger, apencil or similar object will advance thetime displayed by one hour.

D280602AUN

Minute (2)Pressing the M button with your finger, apencil or similar object will advance thetime displayed by one minute.

D280603AUN

Reset (3)To clear away minutes, press the R but-ton with your finger, a pencil or similarobject. Then the clock will be set precise-ly on the hour.For example, if the R button is pressedwhile the time is between 9:01 and 9:29,the display will be reset to 9:00.9:01 ~ 9:29 display changed to 9:009:30 ~ 9:59 display changed to 10:00

D280604AEN

Display conversionTo change the 12 hour format to the 24hour format, press the R button until thedisplay blinks.For example, if the R button is pressedwhile the time is 10:15 p.m., the displaywill be changed to 22:15.

D281200AEN

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°F (1°C) increments. The tem-perature range is between -30°F~140°F(-30°C ~ 60°C).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately like ageneral thermometer to prevent thedriver from being inattentive.

• Temperature conversionIf the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the temperature modedisplay will reset to Fahrenheit.This is a normal condition. You canswitch the temperature mode betweenFahrenheit to Centigrade as follows;While depressing the R button,depress the H or M button. The displaywill change from Fahrenheit toCentigrade, or from Centigrade toFahrenheit.

OEN046135N


1184

D300600AEN

Aux, USB and iPod port(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an iPod port to plug inan iPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

D280700AEN

Shopping bag holderTo use the holder, pull out the lower por-tion.

D280800AEN

Clothes hanger (if equipped)

OEN046163

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.

OEN047162

CAUTIONDo not hang a bag weighing morethan 7 lbs. (3 kg). It may cause dam-age to the shopping bag holder.

OEN049170L

4 119


D281000AEN

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the 6 holders locatedin the cargo area to attach the luggagenet.

If necessary, contact your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net.

D290100AEN

Roof rack (if equipped)If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.The two crossbars on the roof rack canbe repositioned forward or rearward forconveniently loading cargo or a roof car-rier. To move the crossbar, pull the leverand move the crossbar to the desiredposition. Release the lever and lock thecrossbar by moving the crossbar slightlyforward or rearward.For your convenience and to preventdamage, with an assistant on the oppo-site side of the vehicle, pull and hold thelever on each side, then move the crossbar to the desired position.

OEN047164

OEN047165L-1

Type A

Type B

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGAvoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net, ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse when the strap has visiblesigns of wear or damage.

OUN026355

EXTERIOR FEATURES


1204

(Continued)• Always drive slowly and turn cor-

ners carefully when carryingitems on the roof rack. Severewind updrafts, caused by passingvehicles or natural causes, cancause sudden upward pressureon items loaded on the roof rack.This is especially true when car-rying large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses. Thiscould cause the items to fall offthe roof rack and cause damageto your vehicle or others aroundyou.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while driving tomake sure the items on the roofrack are securely fastened.

✽✽ NOTICE• The crossbars should be placed in the

proper load carrying positions priorto placing items onto the roof rack.

• If the vehicle is equipped with a sun-roof, be sure not to position cargo ontothe roof rack in such a way that itcould interfere with sunroof opera-tion.

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the roof

rack, take the necessary precau-tions to make sure the cargo doesnot damage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof rack, make sure they donot exceed the overall roof lengthor width.

WARNING • The following specification is the

maximum weight that can beloaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenly aspossible across the crossbarsand roof rack and secure the loadfirmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack may dam-age your vehicle.

• The vehicle center of gravity willbe higher when items are loadedonto the roof rack. Avoid suddenstarts, braking, sharp turns,abrupt maneuvers or high speedsthat may result in loss of vehiclecontrol or rollover resulting in anaccident.

(Continued)

ROOF 220 lbs. (100 kg)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

4 121


AntennaD300102AUN

Roof antenna Your car uses a roof antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals. Thisantenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. Toinstall the antenna, turn it clockwise.

D300200AEN

Steering wheel audio control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio control buttonis installed to promote safe driving.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OEN046166N

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance, be sure that theantenna is fully folded down orremoved.

• Be sure to remove the antennabefore washing the car in an auto-matic car wash or it may be dam-aged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened and adjusted to the uprightposition to ensure proper recep-tion. But it could be folded orremoved when parking the vehi-cle or when loading cargo on theroof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the roofrack, do not place the cargo nearthe antenna pole to ensure properreception.

OEN046168L

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

Type A Type B


1224

D300202AEN

MODEPress the button to select Radio or CD(compact disc).

D300204AEN

VOLUME (VOL +/-)• Press the up button (+) to increase vol-

ume.• Press the down button (-) to decrease

volume.

D300205AEN

MUTE• Press the MUTE button to cancel the

sound.• Press the MUTE button again to acti-

vate the sound.

D300203AEN

SEEK/PRESET ( / )If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor 0.8 second or more, it will work as fol-lows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CDP modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

CDC modeIt will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor less than 0.8 second, it will work asfollows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CDP modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CDC modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

4 123


D300800AEN-EU

How car audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your car. This signal isthen received by the radio and sent toyour car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002 JBM003

AM reception FM radio station

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

FM reception


1244

• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto theclearest signal. If this occurs, selectanother station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

JBM005

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDon't use a cellular phone whenyou are driving. You should stop ata safe place to use a cellular phone.

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004

4 125


Care of discs• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventila-tion before using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMAfiles without permission(If equippedwith M445/M446, use only CD-DA).Use CDs that are created only by law-ful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cl eanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible CopyProtected Audio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.


1264

A-200ENL

1. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob

2. FM/AM Selection Button

3. Automatic Channel Selection Button

4. Preset Button

5. Manual Channel Selection Knob &

SETUP Button

6. SCAN Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA710S)

4 127



Knob



4. Preset Button


SETUP Button

6. SCAN Button

7. MUTE Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA760S)

A-300ENL


1284


Knob



4. Preset Button


SETUP Button

6. SCAN Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL(PA760S RSE)

A-350CML

4 129


1. Power ON/OFF Button &Volume Control Knob

Turns the set on/off when the ignitionswitch is on ACC or ON. If the button isturned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left,decreases the volume.

2. FM/AM Selection ButtonTurns to FM or AM mode, and toggles inthe order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ FM1...when the button is pressed each time.

3. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it increases the band frequency to auto-matically select a channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

• When the [TRACK ] button is press-ed, it reduces the band frequency toautomatically select a channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

4. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Push Preset button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current channel tothe respective button with a beep.

5. Manual Channel SelectionKnob & SETUP Button

Manual Channel Selection knobTurn this control while listening to a radiochannel to manually adjust frequency.Turn clockwise to increase frequency andcounterclockwise to reduce frequency.

SETUP ButtonPress this button to turn to the XMoption, SCROLL and adjustment mode. Ifno action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode.(After entering SETUP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH functions of the [TUNE] but-ton.) The setup item changes from SCROLL➟ XM...

• PA760S RSE ONLYPress this button to turn to the XM option,SCROLL, SURROUND and adjustmentmode. If no action is taken for 5 secondsafter pressing the button, it will return tothe play mode.(After entering SETUPmode, move between items using the left,right and PUSH functions of the [TUNE]button.) The setup item changes from SCROLL ➟SURROUND ➟ XM...

Sound Quality Control KnobPressing the button changes the TONEand POSITION mode. The mode select-ed is shown on the display. After select-ing each mode, rotate the Audio controlknob clockwise or counterclockwise.

• BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.


1304

• TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise to empha-size rear speaker sound(front speakersound will be attenuated). When the con-trol knob is turned counterclockwise, frontspeaker sound will be emphasized(rearspeaker sound will be attenuated).

• BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound(left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counterclockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized(rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

6. SCAN ButtonIf this button is pressed, the frequencieswill become increased and receive thecorresponding broadcasts. This functionwill play the frequencies for 5 seconds(XM MODE:10 seconds) each and findother broadcasts as the frequencyincreases. Press the button again whendesiring to continue listening to the cur-rently playing broadcast.

7. MUTE ButtonPress [MUTE] button to stop sound and“Audio Mute” is displayed on the LCD.

4 131


A-200ENL

1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. CD/AUX Selection Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. Fast Search Button

6. RANDOM Play Button

7. REPEAT Button

8. CD Indicator

9. SCAN Play Button

10. INFO Button

11. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button

12. FOLDER Moving Button

CDP, AUX(PA710S)


1324

CDC, AUX(PA760S)

A-300ENL

1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. CD/AUX Selection Button




7. REPEAT Button

9. SCAN Play Button

10. INFO Button



13. DISC Selection Button

14. MUTE Button

15. CD LOAD Button

4 133


CDC, AUX(PA760S RSE)

A-350ENL

1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. CD/AUX/RSE Selection Button




7. REPEAT Button

9. SCAN Play Button

10. INFO Button



13. DISC Selection Button

15. CD LOAD Button


1344

1. CD Loading SlotPlease face printed side upward and gen-tly push in. When the ignition switch is onACC or ON and power is off, power isautomatically turned on if the CD isloaded.This CDP supports only 12cm CD.If a VCD, Data CD are loaded, "ReadingError" message will appear and CD will beejected.

2. CD Eject ButtonPush button for less than 0.8 secondto eject the CD during CD playback.This button is enabled when ignitionswitch is off.• ALL EJECT(CDC Only)Press this button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to eject all discs inside the deck inrespective order.

3. CD or CD/AUX or CD/AUX/RSESelection Button

• CD Selection ButtonIf the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode. Ifno CD, it displays "No Disc" for 3 sec-onds and returns to th previous mode.

• CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to the AUX mode from the othermode to play the sound from the auxiliaryplayer.If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode,and if a device is connected to AUX thenit toggles. CD ➟ AUX ➟ CD... when thebutton is pressed each time.(It will notturn to AUX if the auxiliary device is notconnected) If no CD and auxiliary device is not con-nected, it displays "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

• CD/AUX/RSE Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to the AUX mode from the othermode to play the sound from the auxiliaryplayer.If the CD is loaded, turns to CD mode,and if a device is connected to AUX andthere is a CD in the RSE then it toggles.CD ➟ AUX ➟ RSE ➟ CD... when the but-ton is pressed each time.(It will not turnto AUX and RSE if the auxiliary device isnot connected and there is no CD in theRSE) If no CD and auxiliary device is not con-nected, it displays "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

4. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1seconds to play the previous song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than 0.8second to play the next song.

5. Fast Search Button• Push [FF] button for 0.8 second or

longer to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

• Push [REW] button for 0.8 second orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

6. RANDOM Play ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RDM’ mode and more than0.8 second to activate ‘ALL RDM’ mode.• RDM : Only files/tracks in a folder/disc

are played back in a random sequence.• ALL RDM(MP3/WMA Only) : All files in

a disc are played back in the randomsequence.

4 135


7. REPEAT ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate ‘RPT’ mode and more than 0.8second to activate ‘FLD RPT’ mode.• RPT : Only a track(file) is repeatedly

played back.• FLD RPT(MP3/WMA Only) : Only files

in a folder are repeatedly played back.

8. CD Indicator(CDP Only)When the ignition switch is in ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

9. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song inthe DISC. To cancel the mode, press thebutton once again.

10. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK(FILE) as below when thebutton is pressed each time.• CDDA : DISC TITLE ➟ DISC ARTIST ➟

TRACK TITLE ➟ TRACK ARTIST ➟

TOTAL TRACK...

• MP3/WMA : FILE NAME ➟ TITLE ➟

ARTIST ➟ ALBUME ➟ FOLDER NAME➟ TOTAL FILE... (not displayed if theinformation is not available on theDISC.)

11. SEARCH Knob & ENTERButton

Turn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song. Press the button to skip andplay the selected song.

12. FOLDER Moving Button• Moves [FLDR ], [PTY ] button child

folder of the current folder and displaysthe first song in the folder. PressTUNE/ENTER knob to move to the fold-er displayed. It will play the first song inthe folder.

• Moves [CAT ], [FLDR ] button par-ent folder and displays the first song inthe folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.

13. DISC Selection Button• [DISC ] Change button

Changes disc to the previous disc.• [DISC ] Change button

Changes disc to the next disc.


15. CD LOAD ButtonPush [LOAD] button to load CDs to avail-able CDC deck (from 1~6).Push [LOAD] button for more than 2 sec-onds to load into all available decks.The last CD will play. 10 seconds idle sta-tus will disable loading process.


1364

CAUTION - Using USBdevice

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• An encoded MP3 PLAYER is notrecognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB IFauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith a human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear a strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not an indicatorof trouble and you only have towait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asrecharger or heater using USB I/Fmay lower performance or causetrouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub you purchased separately,the vehicle’s audio system maynot recognize the USB device.Connect the USB device directlyto the multimedia terminal of thevehicle.

(Continued)

4 137


(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camerathose are not recognizable bystandard USB I/F can be unrecog-nizable.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizalbe.

• The data in the USB memory maylost while using this AUDIO, It isrecommeded to back up impor-tant data on a personal.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.


1384

A-200ENL

1. INFO Selection Button

2. TRACK Moving Button

3. RANDOM Playback Button

4. REPEAT Button

5. USB Selection Button



8. SCAN Selection Button


USING USB(PA710S)

4 139


USING USB(PA760S)

A-300ENL




4. REPEAT Button






10. MUTE Button


1404

USING USB(PA760S RSE)

A-350ENL




4. REPEAT Button






4 141


1. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ FOLD-ER ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ FILE NAME ➟... (Displays no informa-tion if the file has no song information.)

2. TRACK Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played. Pressthe button for less than 0.8 second andpress it again within 1 seconds to moveand play the previous track.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the next-track.

3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate 'RDM' mode and more than0.8 second to activate 'ALL RDM' mode.• RDM : Only files in a folder are played

back in a random sequence.• ALL RDM : All files in a USB memory

are played back in the randomsequence.

4. REPEAT ButtonPress this button for less than 0.8 secondto activate 'RPT' mode and more than0.8 second to activate 'FLD RPT' mode.• RPT : Only a file is repeatedly played

back.• FLD RPT : Only files in a folder are

repeatedly played back.

5. USB Selection ButtonIf USB is connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the other mode to playthe song files stored in the USB.If no CD and auxiliary device is not con-nected, it displays "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

6. FOLDER Moving Button• Moves [FLDR ], [PTY ] button sub

folder of the current folder and displaysthe first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Moves [CAT ], [FLDR ] button mainfolder and displays the first song in thefolder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.


Turn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song.Press the button to skip and play theselected song.

8. SCAN Selection ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in theUSB device.Press the button once again to cancelscanning.

9. Fast Search ButtonPush [FF] button for 0.8 second or longerto initiate high speed sound search ofcurrent song.Push [REW] button for 0.8 second orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

10. MUTE ButtonPress [MUTE] to stop sound and “AudioMute” is displayed on the LCD.


1424




4. REPEAT Button

5. iPod Selection Button

6. CATEGORY Selection Button



A-200ENL

RUNNING iPod®(PA710S)

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

4 143


RUNNING iPod(PA760S)

A-300ENL




4. REPEAT Button





9. MUTE Button


1444

RUNNING iPod(PA760S RSE)

A-350ENL




4. REPEAT Button





4 145


Using an iPod when the exclusive cable isconnected to the multiple terminal insidethe consol on the right hand side of thedriver's seat.When the iPod is connected, the 'iPod'icon will be displayed on the top left cor-ner of the display screen.

1. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟

ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ TITLE ➟... (Displays no information ifthe file has no song information.)

2. TRACK Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played. Pressthe button for less than 0.8 second andpress it again within 1 seconds to moveand play the previous track.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack.

3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto activate or deactivate the random play-back of the songs within the current cat-egory. Press the button for longer than0.8 second to randomly play all songs inthe entire album of the iPod.Press the button once again to cancelthe mode.

4. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

5. iPod Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the CD mode to play thesong files stored in the iPod. If no CD andauxiliary device is not connected, it dis-plays "No Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

6. CATEGORY Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rentlyplayed category of the iPod.To move to the category displayed, pressSEARCH/ENTER Button.You will be ableto search through the lower category ofthe selected category.The order of iPod's category is SONG,ALBUMS, ARTISTS, GENRES, and iPod.


When you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs(category) next tothe song currently played(category in thesame level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs(cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).If you want to listen to the song displayedin the song category, press the button,then it will skip to the selected song andplay.

8. Fast Search Button• Push [FF] button for 0.8 second or

longer to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

• Push [REW] button for 0.8 second orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.



1464

✽✽ NOTICE - Using iPod device• Some iPod models might not support

the communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. (iPod modelssupported: Mini, 4G, Photo, Nano,5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the iPod crashes due to its own trou-ble, reset the iPod. (Reset: Refer toiPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normally onlow battery.

CAUTION - Using iPoddevice

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for an iPod in order to oper-ate an iPod with the buttons onthe audio system. The PC cableprovided by Apple may cause amalfunction and do not use it forvehicle use.

• When connecting the device withan iPod cable, push in the jackfully to not to interfere with com-munication.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof an iPod and the audio system,the sound effects of both deviceswill overlap and might reduce ordistort the quality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the iPoddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect the iPod cable whenyou are not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used for theaudio system, the iPod cable hasto be separate from iPod devies.Origin display of iPod may not bedisplayed.

4 147


1. XM Selection Button

2. INFO Button


4. SCAN Button

5. CATEGORY Search Button

6. Manual Channel Selection Knob

7. Preset Button

XM SATELLITE RADIO(PA710S)

A-200ENL


1484

XM SATELLITE RADIO(PA760S)

A-300ENL


2. INFO Button


4. SCAN Button



7. Preset Button

8. MUTE Button

4 149


XM SATELLITE RADIO(PA760S RSE)

A-350ENL


2. INFO Button


4. SCAN Button



7. Preset Button


1504

1. XM Selection ButtonTurns to XM Satellite Radio Mode. XMmode toggles in order to XM1 ➟ XM2 ➟XM3 ➟ XM1... when the button ispressed each time.

2. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentchannel in the order of Artist/Song title ➟Category/Channel name ➟ Current PlayChannel ➟ Artist/Song title ➟ Category/Channel name... when the button ispressed each time. If it can not displaythe whole text information, rotate thetune button to see the next page.

3. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to select previous channel.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than 0.8second to select next channel.

• Radio ID : Seek or Tune to XM channel0 to display the Radio ID.

4. SCAN ButtonPress to hear a brief sampling of allchannels.To cancel the scan mode, press the but-ton once again.

5. CATEGORY Search Button• Push [FLDR ] button to search previ-

ous category.• Push [CAT ] button to search next

category. To listen to the displayed cat-egory, press the TUNE/ENTER knob.Toscan channel in displayed category,press the scan button.To search channel in displayed category,press seek buttons or turn the tune but-ton clockwise/counterclockwise.(CATE-GORY icon will be turned on in Categorymode)

6. Manual Channel SelectionKnob

While listening to XM broadcast, rotatethis control to the right or left to searchother channels while listening to currentchannel. (Turn to the right to searchhigh-er channels and left, lower channels.)

7. Preset ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton. Push Preset button for 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current channel tothe respective button with a beep.


4 151


DVDP(PA760S RSE)

A-350ENL

1. TRACK UP/DOWN Button

2. RSE Selection Button

3. RSE Hold and RSE Power Off

4. Folder Moving Button


1524

In case RSE is loaded DVD disc and con-nected auxiliary device at RSE unit thatis located the rear seat.

1. TRACK UP/DOWN Button• Push [TRACK ] button for less than

0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1seconds to play the previous song.

• Push [TRACK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than 0.8second to play the next song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 or longerto initiate high speed sound search ofcurrent song.

2. RSE Selection ButtonWhen you press this button, the systemwill switch to RSE mode and you will beable to listen to the source played in theRSE unit. (If RSE unit has no disc, cannot select)

3. RSE Hold and RSE Power OffIf you press and hold this button for lessthan 0.8 second, the LED of the buttonwill light and RSE unit will be locked. Ifyou press and hold this button for morethan 0.8 second, RSE unit will be turnedoff with a beep and [RSE] will disappearfrom LCD.

4. Folder Moving Button• Moves [FLDR ], button child folder of

the current folder and displays the firstsong in the folder.

• Moves [CAT ] button parent folderand displays the first song in the folder.

CAUTION - Using RSEdevice

When listening to the CD on theAudio H/UNIT in RSE, the mode can-not be converted to USB on theAudio H/UNIT and will be dis-played on the LCD.

4 153


D320000AEN

Important Safety InformationIt is always important to operate yourvehicle in a safe manner and to avoid dis-traction while driving. This manual pro-vides information that will help you safelyoperate your Rear Seat EntertainmentSystem (RSE). Please read it completelybefore using the system.

This device complies with part 15 ofthe FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful



WelcomeThe Rear Seat Entertainment System isa compact, built-in, easy-to-use enter-tainment system designed to providefamily fun while you are on the road.Enjoy great quality sound from the vehi-cle speakers, or have a private, quiet lis-tening with the wireless headphones.The overhead display unit is mounted tothe ceiling in the rear passenger area ofthe vehicle, allowing rear-seat passen-gers to play DVD movies, video CDs ormusic CDs. Users may also plug in agame platform or VHS player into an aux-iliary input to show the programs throughthe RSE display. The RSE can alsoaccess to the vehicle's front radio pro-grams.

System OverviewConnections / SetupYour Rear Seat Entertainment systemwill play DVD movies, video CDs, musicCDs or music MP3 discs and Mix CD(Regarding Mix CD, only the CD trackcan be played by system.), and isdesigned to make your time on the roadmore enjoyable. Please follow theseinstructions carefully to get the most outof your RSE.

REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM (RSE) (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION• Avoid having food or drinks near,

in or on the RSE, the wirelessheadphones or the remote con-troller.

• Direct sunlight may interfere withthe headphone's operation andperformance.

• Normal RSE operation cannot beguaranteed with unofficiallyduplicated discs.

(Continued)

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.


1544

✽✽ NOTICEThe RSE requires a few seconds of setup time after the ignition switch isturned ON or to ACC mode.

Your RSE system is already set up andready for use, and can be turned on bypushing the POWER/VOLUME knob onthe RSE control panel or the POWERON/OFF button on the remotecontroller. The vehicle's ignition must beturned on or in accessory power mode.The RSE system can also be turned OFFby the Audio Unit.

ComponentsYour RSE consists of several compo-nents:

Monitor (LCD display)The Monitor (LCD display) where videois viewed, is attached to the ceiling in therear of the vehicle.

(Continued)• To prevent inadvertent vehicle

battery discharge when the igni-tion switch is turned to the igni-tion ON position or Accessorymode, a battery drain warningmessage will flash on the RSEmonitor screen.

• Use of rear seat entertainmentsystem without the engine run-ning will reduce vehicle batterypower.

• The RSE system is programmedto the assigned DVD format foryour region. Please note that yourRSE will not read or play DVDsfrom a different region.

RSE-AUDIO-3

4 155


RSE Control PanelThe RSE Control Panel, which includesa digital display and the RSE control but-tons, is located in the rear of the armrestconsole between the front seats.

DVD PlayerThe DVD Player, where CDs, DVDs andother discs are inserted, is located belowthe RSE control panel located in the rearof the armrest console between the frontseats.

Wireless headphonesThe Wireless headphones allows youto hear the audio from the RSE withoutdisturbing other passengers. Two sets,with batteries, are provided.

RSE-AUDIO-4 RSE-AUDIO-5 RSE-AUDIO-6


1564

Remote controlThe Remote control allows you to con-trol RSE functions. Batteries are includ-ed.

Opening and Closing the MonitorTo view the monitor, locate the latch onthe bottom-center of the ceiling-mountedunit and pull it forward. This will releasethe monitor from its locked, stow-awayposition.Adjust the monitor to the best viewingangle. Do not touch the LCD panel itselfto avoid damage or smudging.

Adjusting the MonitorPress the DISP button on the RSE con-trol panel to adjust the parameters of themonitor. To adjust the brightness, firstly,select the brightness item, then, pressthe < REW (dimmer) or FF > (brighter)buttons. The next time the RSE is turnedon, the monitor will return to the bright-ness level it was adjusted to when lastused. Brightness can be adjusted regard-less of whether the RSE is playing anaudio or video source.While the RSE is playing a video signal,press DISP and then press the NEXT or PREV buttons to cyclethrough other monitor adjustmentsincluding SCREEN SIZE, CONTRAST,CHROMA and HUE. With any of thesesettings displayed on the monitor, pressthe < REW or FF > buttons to adjustthese settings.To close the monitor, pull the bottomedge towards you and push it up until itclicks and locks into the stow-away posi-tion.

RSE-AUDIO-7 ACT-1

4 157


Cleaning the DisplayIf the LCD display becomes dusty ordirty, clean it by wiping gently with a soft,dry, clean cloth. Do not use chemicalcleanser to clean the screen.

Loading a DiscTo load a disc in the player, insert it partway into the loading slot. The player willautomatically grip the disc and pull it therest of the way in.

Disc ProtectionThe player has an Auto-Reload DiscProtection feature to protect discs fromaccidental damage. If a disc is notremoved within 12 seconds after beingejected, it will be pulled back into theplayer.

Audio via Vehicle SpeakersTo hear the audio from the RSE throughthe vehicle's speakers, the RSE button(located in the front radio control) mustbe selected. Regardless of whether RSEaudio is selected for the vehicle speakersor not, when the RSE audio is playing itcan be heard in the headphones.

Volume ControlYou can adjust the volume of the audioheard in the vehicle speakers from theRSE control panel or the remote control.From the RSE control panel, rotate thePOWER/VOLUME knob. From theremote control, press "VOL +" toincrease the volume and "VOL -" todecrease the volume.Adjusting the volume in this way will notaffect the wireless headphone volume.Toadjust the headphones, turn the VOLcontrol wheel on the headphones.

HeadphonesYour RSE comes with two (2) sets ofwireless headphones and four (4) AAA1.5V batteries. To install the batteries,press the button below the battery com-partment on the right side of each set ofheadphones and insert each of the bat-teries, observing the correct polarity asshown in the headphone battery com-partment. Each set of headphonesrequires two batteries.To turn the headphones on, push thePOWER button on the left side of theheadphones. Push the button again toturn the headphones off. Adjust the vol-ume by turning the Volume control. Theheadphones can be adjusted for size,and can be stored more compactly byfolding them.

RSE-AUDIO-9


1584

✽✽ NOTICE• Conserve the energy of your batteries

by turning the headphones off whenthey are not in use. Headphone bat-teries will typically work for 48 hours,depending on the volume setting.

• The headphone has an automaticshutoff feature to extend battery life.The headphones will automaticallyturn off after 20 seconds if they don'tdetect a signal from the RSE.

• In case of poor headphone receptionperformance, please check the batterycondition.The headphones perform best whenused within 2 - 8 feet (0.6-2 m) of theRSE LCD display. Getting too close ortoo far away will cause poor reception.

• Audio from the vehicle's CD/radiocannot be heard through the head-phones.

Connecting Other Devices to theRSEElectronic devices such as video gamesystems or VHS players can be playedthrough the RSE. These external devicescan be connected to the unit via RCAplugs available in the vehicle.Press the SOURCE button on the remotecontrol, or the SRC button on the RSEcontrol panel, to select and switch to theexternal device inputs.

Once the RSE has switched to the exter-nal device audio and/or video sources,you can operate the device using its con-trols. The RSE controls will not controlexternal devices. For example, to controlor play a video game after the RSE hasrecognized it as the source, you mustuse the game controls, not the RSE con-trols.

RSE-EN-10

CAUTIONConnect only appropriate inputsources to the RSE jacks. Be sureto connect audio outputs from theexternal device to audio inputs inyour vehicle, and video outputs tovideo inputs. Connecting an incor-rect input may cause damage to theRSE and/or the external electronicdevice.

4 159


RSE Lock Function Front seat passengers can prevent rear-seat passengers from operating the RSEwith the RSE Lock function. To lock theRSE, press the " " button locatedin the front radio control.

"Lock" will appear on the RSE monitor,as well as on the RSE control panel.None of the RSE control panel or remotecontrol buttons will function while theRSE is locked except for the POWERbutton on the RSE control panel and theremote control. Rear seat passengerswill still be able to eject or insert a disc inthe player.Press this button again to turn off theRSE lock.

Battery Discharge WarningTo prevent inadvertent vehicle batterydischarge when the ignition switch isturned to the ignition ON position or ACCmode, a battery drain warning messagewill flash on the RSE monitor screen.

RSE-AUDIO-10RSE-EN-10A


1604

1. ON/OFF and Speaker Volume2. RSE Display3. MENU Button4. DISP (Display) Button5. SRC (Source) Button6. Play/Pause Button7 - 11 Next / Prev (Next/Previous)

and < REW/FF > (Rewind/FastForward) and ENTER Buttons

Most RSE functions are available through the RSE control panel.

RSE-EN001

RSE Control Panel Operation

4 161


1. ON/OFF and Speaker VolumePress the POWER/VOLUME knob toturn the RSE on or off.Rotate the knob to adjust the speakervolume. Note that changing the volumeby using the POWER/VOLUME knobaffects only the vehicle speakers. Thewireless headset volume is not affected.See the "Headphones" section of thismanual for more information.

2. RSE DisplayThis RSE control panel display indicatesthe current selected source, mode ofoperation in the current disc, and otherinformation. It will display FRONT to indi-cate that the selected source is the frontvehicle radio and REAR to indicate thatthe RSE player is the current source.The display will indicate DISC IN when adisc is in loaded the RSE player.

3. MENU Button DVD can be controlled, and any specialprogramming or features accessed, byusing the DVD menu. To access themenu while playing a DVD, press theMENU button. Press the button a secondtime to exit the menu and return to theDVD program at the point it was beingviewed.While viewing the menu, press the NEXT button to move the cursor up andthe PREV button to move the cursordown the menu. Press the FF > buttonto move the cursor to the right, and the< REW button to move the cursor to theleft.

❇ For more details, see the "DVD -Menu" section of this manual.

4. DISP (Display) Button Pressing DISP enables you to adjust theparameters of the LCD monitor. For moreinformation on how to make these adjust-ments, see the "Display" section of thismanual.

EN-DEL-2A


1624

5. SRC (Source) Button After inserting a disc in the RSE, it willautomatically use that as the source andbegin playing that disc. The RSE controlpanel will display "DISC IN" when there isdisc loaded in the player.Pressing the SRC button will bring outthe Source Change Operation. All avail-able modes are presented. You canselect any available mode by using thefour direction arrow buttons and pressthe ENTER button for completing theselection.

While the RSE is selected as the sourceby the front vehicle radio, the front vehi-cle radio will be able to control someRSE functions (e.g. Fast Forward /Reverse, Previous / Next Track, etc.). Seeyour vehicle radio user manual for moreinformation.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen switching from the vehicle radioto the RSE, there is a slight delay whilethe RSE initializes. The RSE controlpanel will display "READ" while thedisc initializes, then begin playing thedisc.

The RSE control panel will display"REAR" if the current source is the RSEplayer, "FRONT" if the current source isthe front vehicle radio.

6. Play/Pause ButtonYou do not need to press the PLAY/PAUSE button after loading a discto begin playing the disc. The player willstart playing automatically.While a disc is playing, press topause. While paused, the elapsed time ofthe current disc will blink on the monitorstatus display, and "PAUSE" will be dis-played on the RSE control panel. Pressthe button again to resume play.

✽✽ NOTICEThe RSE will enter standby mode whenthe vehicle ignition is turned off. Whenthe vehicle is turned back on within 30seconds, the RSE will turn on and theDVD/VCD will automatically beginplaying again at the point where itpaused. If the vehicle is turned off forlonger than 30 seconds, the RSE systemwill not turn on automatically when thevehicle is restarted.

EN-DEL-3A

4 163


7 - 11 Next / Prev (Next/Previous)and < REW/FF > (Rewind/FastForward) and ENTER Buttons

The NEXT/ PREV and <REW/FF>buttons provide a variety of functions,depending on the media currently beingplayed in the RSE or the source selected.For some of the functions, you will usethese buttons to navigate to the desiredlocation or option, then press the ENTERbutton in the center to confirm yourselection.For specific information about usingthese buttons, see the appropriate sec-tion for the various media types in thismanual.

DVD/VCD Player OperationDisc/Format CompatibilityYour RSE player accepts and plays allDVDs in 4:3 (normal) and 16:9(widescreen) video formats. With DVDsthat offer multiple formats, the default for-mat is 16:9 and will stay that way unlesschanged by the user. See "Adjusting theMonitor" to learn how to adjust the for-mat.The DVD player has the capability to playDVD-Video, DVD-R, DVD-RW, CD-DA,CD-R, CD-RW, VCD and Video-CD.The DVD player was factory programmedwith a region code for the assigned mar-ket or country. If a DVD is inserted for aregion code that doesn't match with theplayer, an error message will be shownon the overhead monitor and the RSEcontrol panel display.

✽✽ NOTICEBecause there is no universal standardfor DVD/VCD programming, your discmay behave differently. Some DVDsmay present warning messages aboutunauthorized duplication, some will godirectly to a menu, some may have dif-ferent on-disc menu and start playingthe movie immediately, and some maybe unreadable or damaged and an errormessage will be shown on the monitor.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile the player will accept DVD ROMand CD ROM discs, the RSE cannotplay discs in these formats.


1644

The player is only capable of reading thebottom side of a disc. When inserting asingle-sided disc, the label side shouldbe up. When inserting a two-sided disc,the desired play side should be down.Press DISP on the RSE control panel orthe remote controller, then press the NEXT or PREV buttons to cyclethrough monitor adjustments (SCREENSIZE, BRIGHTNESS, CONTRAST,CHROMA, HUE). When the adjustmentfor the SCREEN SIZE, use the < REW orFF > buttons to select the preferredscreen size.

MenuDVDs can be controlled, and any specialprogramming or features accessed, byusing the menu. To access the menuwhile playing a DVD, press the MENUbutton. Press the button a second time toexit the menu and return to the DVD pro-gram at the point it was being viewed.The menu is not available during disc ini-tialization, the beginning credits or anycopyright and FBI warnings.While viewing the menu, press the NEXT button to move the cursor up andthe PREV button to move the cursordown the menu. Press the FF > buttonto move the cursor to the right, and the< REW button to move the cursor to theleft.

✽✽ NOTICEYou must repeatedly push any button tomove through several items. Pressingand holding a button will not advancethe cursor beyond the first item.Press ENTER or Play/Pause to select thedesired menu choice.

Playing a DVD/VCD You can control your DVD or VCD byusing the buttons on the RSE controlpanel or by using the remote control.Instructions for the controls listed beloware the same whether using the RSEcontrol panel or the remote control.However, there are some additional func-tions that are only available from theremote control. These buttons and theirfunctions are discussed in the "RemoteControl" section of this manual.

4 165


Play/Pause ButtonYou do not need to press thePLAY/PAUSE button after loading a discto begin playing the disc. The player willstart playing automatically.While a disc is playing, press PLAY/PAUSE to pause. While paused, theelapsed time of the current disc will blinkon the monitor status display, and"PAUSE" will be displayed on the RSEcontrol panel. Press the button again toresume play.

✽✽ NOTICEThe RSE will enter standby mode whenthe vehicle ignition is turned off. Whenthe vehicle is turned back on within 30seconds, the RSE will turn on and theCD will automatically begin playingagain at the point where it paused. If thevehicle is turned off for longer than 30seconds, the RSE system will not turn onautomatically when the vehicle isrestarted.

Fast Forward/ReversePress and hold the FF > or < REW but-ton and the player will fast forward orreverse at 32 times the normal speed.Release the FWD > or < REW button toreturn to normal speed play.

Previous/Next ChapterWhile a DVD/VCD is playing, press the NEXT button to skip to the next chapter.Press the PREV button to jump tothe beginning of the current chapter.Press PREV again to go movethrough earlier chapters. Press the but-ton repeatedly to move quickly throughchapters.

✽✽ NOTICESome VCDs do not have track informa-tion. If the VCD has no chapter infor-mation, pressing either of these buttonswill restart the VCD.

While pressing the NEXT or PREV buttons, the Status Display, includ-ing the current medium (DVD or VCD),chapter and title information is displayed.It will automatically disappear after fiveseconds.

✽✽ NOTICESome DVDs do not permit chapter nav-igation.

Instead of using the PREV / NEXT buttons, you can also enter thechapter number using the numbers onthe remote controller. While a DVD/VCDis playing, press the number button(s)that correspond to the desired chapterand press ENTER.


1664

Stop a Disc The disc will automatically stop when anyother source (e.g. the vehicle radio or anexternal game) is selected. When youswitch back to the DVD, it will begin play-ing at the point where it stopped.While the player is running, press theRSE control panel POWER/VOLUMEknob, or the POWER ON/OFF button

on the remote control, to stop adisc and turn off the RSE system and theDVD player. When the RSE is turned onagain, the disc will begin playing at thepoint where it stopped.

Eject a DiscTo eject a disc press the button. Adisc can be ejected even when the unit isnot turned on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe player has an Auto-Reload DiscProtection feature to protect discs fromaccidental damage. If a disc is notremoved within 12 seconds after beingejected, it will be pulled back into theplayer.

CD Player OperationThe RSE will play audio CDs and mixCDs in standard (12 cm) format.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile the player will accept DVD ROMand CD ROM discs, the RSE cannotplay discs in these formats.While the player is playing mix CD, onlythe audio track will be played. The datafile will not be played by system.

4 167


Volume Control You can adjust the volume of the audioheard in the vehicle speakers from theRSE control panel or the remote control.From the RSE control panel, rotate thePOWER/VOLUME knob. From theremote control, press "VOL +" toincrease and "VOL -" to decrease thevolume.Adjusting the volume in this way will notadjust the wireless headphone volume.To adjust the headphones, roll the VOLcontrol wheel.

Play/Pause When a CD is inserted, the RSE willautomatically begin playing the first track.Press the PLAY/PAUSE button topause the CD. Press the button again toresume play. While paused, the elapsedtime in the status display at the top of themonitor will blink. The RSE control willdisplay "PAUSE." When the player reaches the end of thedisc, the player will automatically returnto the first track and continue playing.

Fast Forward / ReversePress and hold the FF > or < REW but-ton and the player will fast forward orreverse at 10 times the normal speed.Release the button to return to normalspeed play.The audio is muted while the player fastforwards or fast reverses.

Previous/Next TrackWhile a CD is playing, press the PREV button to jump to the beginning ofthe current track. If less than 10 secondshas elapsed on the current track, press-ing PREV will go to the previoustrack. Press the button repeatedly to con-tinue moving through previous tracks.Press the NEXT button to jump to thebeginning of the next track. Press thebutton repeatedly to continue movingthrough the following tracks.Instead of using the PREV / NEXT buttons, you can also enter thetrack number using the numbers on theremote control. While a CD is playing,press the number button(s) that corre-spond to the desired track and pressENTER.The current track number is shown in theStatus Display at the top of the monitor.

StopThe CD will automatically stop when anyother source (e.g. the vehicle radio or anexternal game) is selected. When youswitch back to the CD, it will begin play-ing at the point where it stopped.While a CD is playing, you can stop theCD by pressing the POWER ON/OFFbutton on the remote control or thePOWER/VOLUME knob on the RSEcontrol panel. When the RSE is turned onagain, it will automatically begin playingthe CD at the point where it was stopped.Turning the vehicle off, or selecting a dif-ferent RSE Source, will also stop playingthe CD.

EjectPress the EJECT button to eject theCD. Discs can be ejected even when theunit is not turned on.

✽✽ NOTICEThe player has an Auto-Reload DiscProtection feature to protect discs fromaccidental damage. If a disc is notremoved within 12 seconds after beingejected, it will be pulled back into theplayer. This is to protect the disc fromaccidental damage.


1684

Using the MP3 PlayerMost RSE functions work the same foraudio CDs and MP3 discs. The major dif-ference is that audio CDs are organizedby "tracks," while MP3 discs are organ-ized using folders and files. Therefore,the navigation functions are somewhatdifferent for MP3 discs. If the discsincluding CD and MP3 file, the systemonly will play the CD track, not the MP3data file.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile the player will accept DVD ROMand CD ROM discs, the RSE cannotplay discs in these formats.

Pause/Play When an MP3 disc is inserted, the RSEwill automatically begin playing the firstfile in the disc. Press the PLAY/PAUSE

button to pause the file. Press thebutton again to resume play. Whilepaused, the elapsed time in the statusdisplay at the top of the monitor will blink.The RSE control panel will display"PAUSE."At the end of the disc, the player willautomatically return to the first file andcontinue playing.

Fast Forward/ReversePress and hold the FF > or < REW but-ton and the player will fast forward orreverse at 10 times the normal speed.Release the button to return to normalspeed play.The audio is muted while the player fastforwards or fast reverses.

Song List : Navigating Folders andFiles

MP3 discs are organized by named fold-ers, with each folder containing a collec-tion of named music files. You can quick-ly navigate through the folders and filesusing the Song List function.Press the MENU button on the RSE con-trol panel or remote control to display thesong list. The focused song will be high-lighted. And the music note icon appearsto left of the song currently playing.

To navigate through the folders, pressthe < REW or FF > button to highlight theFOLDER UP, FOLDER DOWN, orHOME buttons on the monitor, the pressENTER to move up or down the folders.Press ENTER repeatedly to movethrough all the folders.When you reach the desired folder, pressthe PREV or NEXT buttons toscroll through the list of files in that folderand press ENTER to select the desiredfile. The player will switch to the selectedfolder and begin playing the desired file.

4 169


Selecting the HOME button on the dis-play and pressing ENTER will bring theSong List to the screen with the songcurrently playing.Press MENU again to leave the SongList. The Song List will automatically dis-appear after five seconds if no buttonsare pressed.While in normal play mode, press theA.LANG (FOLD-) button at any time tojump to the first file in the previous folder,press S.TITLE (FOLD+) to jump to thefirst file in the next folder.

Previous/Next FileWhile a disc is playing, press the PREV button to jump to the beginning ofthe current file. If less than 10 secondshas elapsed on the current file, pressing

PREV will go to the previous file.Press it again to select previous files.Press the button repeatedly to continuemoving through previous files.

Press the NEXT button to jump to thebeginning of the next file. Press the but-ton repeatedly to continue movingthrough the following files.The current folder name and file nameare shown in the Status Display at thetop of the monitor.

EN-DEL-4A


1704

StopThe disc will automatically stop when anyother source (e.g. the vehicle radio or anexternal game) is selected. When youswitch back to the disc, it will begin play-ing at the point where it stopped.While a disc is playing, you can stop thedisc by pressing the POWER ON/OFFbutton on the remote control or thePOWER/VOLUME knob on the RSEcontrol panel. When the RSE is turned onagain, it will automatically begin playingthe disc at the point where it wasstopped.Turning the vehicle off, or selecting a dif-ferent RSE Source, will also stop playingthe disc. When the vehicle is turned onagain, or the disc is again selected as thesource, the disc will begin playing at thepoint where it was stopped. The playerwill automatically resume play at thepoint where it was stopped unless thedisc is ejected.

✽✽ NOTICEThe player has an Auto-Reload DiscProtection feature to protect discs fromaccidental damage. If a disc is notremoved within 12 seconds after beingejected, it will be pulled back into theplayer. This is to protect the disc fromaccidental damage.

EjectPress the EJECT button to eject thedisc. Discs can be ejected even when theunit is not turned on.

Using the XM radioAll the preset channels have been listedon the XM operation interface. You canuse the FF > or < REW button to select apreset station. Press the ENTER buttonto complete this selection. After thedesired station has been selected, theinformation of this station will be listed inthe information display area.When the focus is on the CATEGORY orCHANNEL button, after you press the

NEXT or PREV button, the CAT-EGORY up/down or CHANNEL up/downfunction are activated.

EN-DEL-5A

4 171


In addition, if you press the ENTER but-ton when the focus is on the CATEGORYor CHANNEL button, after you press andhold the NEXT or PREV button,the Fast Tune function is activated. FastTune makes it easy for you to search fora favorite channel. After you find afavorite channel, press the ENTER but-ton to complete this selection.When the CATEGORY button is high-lighted, moving the focus to CHANNELbutton and using the NEXT or PREV button also will allow you to selectthe next channel and previous channel inthe same category. If you put the focuson the SCAN button not the CHANNELbutton, after pressing the ENTER button,the SCAN category function also can beactivated.

Listening to the Vehicle RadioTo control the vehicle radio from the RSEcontrol panel or remote control, press theSOURCE button on the remote control orthe SRC button on the RSE controlpanel, then select the desired play modeon the source change operation. Finally,press the ENTER button to complete theselection.The RSE monitor status display and theRSE control panel will indicate theselected source.

Tuning a StationWhile the vehicle radio is the currentsource, press the NEXT or PREVbutton on the RSE control panel orremote control once to search up ordown for the next available station. Whenthe tuner finds a station it will stop at thestation and start to play.Press the NEXT or PREV buttonto seek up or down through all radio sta-tions. When the radio finds a station, itwill stop and play that station.Press the FF > or < REW button to man-ually tune up or down one channel. Pressand hold the FF > or < REW button tocontinue tuning up or down.Pressing a number on the remote controlkeypad will tune to the correspondingpreset station. For example, if 89.7 hasbeen stored as preset 1 (CH1), thenpressing the 1 button on the keypad willtune to that station.


1724

AM, FM1 and FM2 SelectionWhile the vehicle radio is the currentsource, press the MODE button to cyclethrough each of the available radiobands, AM, FM1, FM2 and other avail-able radio modes.All of the RSE control panel and remotecontrol navigation functions can be usedto control the front radio when the vehiclefront radio is also playing the same radiomode.

Viewing Front CD and MP3Programs The RSE can be used to control discsthat are loaded and playing in the vehicleradio. To control these discs, you mustfirst select the vehicle radio as thesource. Press the SOURCE button onthe remote control, or the SRC button onthe RSE control panel, Meanwhile, theSource Change UI will bring out. Use thefour direction arrow buttons to select thesource of vehicle radio. And press theENTER button for completing the selec-tion.Then the Disc Selection UI will bring out.Also using the four direction arrow but-tons to select the disc which is youfavorite.

CD/CD-MP3 ControlWhile the vehicle radio is playing a CD orMP3 audio disc, all of the RSE controlpanel and remote control navigationfunctions can be used to control the vehi-cle radio. This includes:• Pause/Play • Fast Forward/Reverse • Previous/Next Track (CD) and

Previous/Next File (MP3)See these sections of the Users Manualfor information on using these functions.All of the RSE control panel and remotecontrol navigation functions can be usedto control the front radio when the vehiclefront radio is also playing the CD or CD-MP3 mode.

AUX Audio and Video InputControlsThis allows you to display the video out-put on the RSE monitor, and listen to theaudio through the wireless headsets andthe vehicle speakers.To switch to an external auxiliary device,press the SOURCE button on the remotecontrol or SRC on the RSE control panel,then select the AUX icon button. Andpress the ENTER button for completing.

EN-DEL-6A

4 173


1. POWER ON/OFF Button

2. Mute Button

3. Number Buttons

4. Source Button

5. A.LANG-Alternate Language, Folder -

6. S.Title – Subtitles, Folders +

7. Menu Button

8. Title/PBC Button

9. Return Button

10. Speaker Volume "VOL +" and "VOL –"

In addition to buttons and functions available from the RSE control panel, the remote control has several additional buttons and operation control

functions. The remote control is an infrared device and should be pointed at the RSE monitor for best results.

RSE-EN004-RE

Using the Remote Control


1744

1. POWER On/Off Press the RSE control panel POWERbutton or the POWER ON/OFF button

on the remote control to turn theRSE on or off. If a disc is loaded andplaying when the RSE is turned off, whenthe RSE is turned back on the disc willautomatically resume playback at thepoint where it was stopped.

2. Mute Press the MUTE button to mute theaudio in the vehicle speakers. The MUTEbutton has no effect on the wirelessheadphones.While muted, the RSE control panel,vehicle radio and RSE monitor will all dis-play "MUTE." Press the button again, oradjust the volume at RSE control panelor vehicle radio, to un-mute the audio.

3. Number Buttons ~ The number buttons (0 through 9) canbe used to directly enter information suchas chapters in a DVD, track or file num-bers for audio CDs, and preset radio.To select a DVD or VCD chapter, while aDVD/VCD is playing, press the numberbutton(s) that correspond to the desiredchapter and press ENTER.To select a CD track, while a CD is play-ing press the number button(s) that cor-respond to the track and press ENTER.To select a radio station preset, while thedesired band (AM, FM1 or FM2) isselected, press the numbered button thatcorresponds to the preset on the vehicleradio. There is no need to press ENTER.

4. SourcePressing this SOURCE button will bringout the Source Change selection opera-tion. You can select any available modeby using the four direction arrow buttonsand press the ENTER button for com-pleting the selection.The RSE control panel will display"REAR" if the current source is the RSEplayer, and will display "FRONT" if thecurrent source is the vehicle radio.

5. A.LANG - Alternate LanguageFolder -

Where alternate languages are availableon a DVD, pressing the A.LANG buttonwill allow you to select your preferred lan-guage. Press the button repeatedly tocycle through the available languages.When the desired language is displayed,press ENTER.Pressing the A.LANG (or FOLD-) buttonduring MP3 normal play will immediatelybring the player to the first file of the pre-vious folder.Pressing the A.LANG (or FOLD-) buttonduring CD or VCD play will do nothing.

4 175


6. S.Title - Subtitles, Folders + The S.TITLE button allows you to displayor remove language subtitles while play-ing DVDs. If no language subtitles areavailable, the display will show an invalidicon. Press the S. TITLE button repeat-edly to cycle through all of the availablelanguages.Pressing the S.TITLE (or FOLD+) buttonduring MP3 normal play will immediatelybring the player to the first file of the nextfolder.Pressing the S.TITLE (or FOLD+) buttonduring CD or VCD play will do nothing.

7. MenuPressing the MENU button during DVDplay will present the DVD menu.Pressing the MENU button during MP3disc play will display the Song List on themonitor.Pressing the MENU button during CD orVCD play has no effect.Press the button again to return to theprogram. After five seconds with no but-ton press, the menu will automaticallyclose and the program begin playing.

8. Title/PBC While viewing a DVD, press the TITLEbutton on the remote control to jump tothe top menu. Press the < REW / FF > or

PREV / NEXT buttons to highlightthe desired selection, then press ENTERto make your selection.Press TITLE again to return to the DVD.While viewing a VCD, pressing theTITLE/PBC button will switch the PBCfunction on and off.

9. Return While viewing any operation, pressingthe RETURN button will exit the currentoperation on screen display and resumelast play.

10. Speaker Volume "VOL +" and "VOL -"

If the audio from the RSE is being playedthrough the vehicle speakers, you canadjust the volume of the speakers withthe "VOL +" and "VOL -" buttons.Adjusting the volume in this way will notadjust the wireless headphone volume.To adjust the headphones, roll the VOLcontrol wheel.

BatteriesThe remote control requires a CR2025battery (included).


1764

Troubleshooting

Problem Possible causes / solutions

The disc is automati-cally pulled back intothe player.

The disc becomesstuck or blocked.

There is no audio inthe headphones.

The RSE does notwork.

The remote controldoes not work.

The Auto-Reload Disc Protection feature pulls discs back into theplayer after 12 seconds to protect them from accidental damage.Press the Eject button to release the disc from the player.

Press the Eject button to release the disc. The player will attempt toeject the disc up to three times before performing the Auto-Reloadfunction. Once the Auto-Reload function is complete, press the Ejectbutton again to try to release the disc from the player.

Verify that the headphone is equipped with batteries, and that thebatteries are in good condition. Insert or replace 2 AAA batteries toresume headphone function.

Press the PLAY button. If the display does not show "NO DISC,"then there is no power.

Check the power connection.

Check the fuse.

Turn the vehicle ignition off and back on to reset the RSE.

If the RSE still does not work, contact your HYUNDAI dealer.

Make sure you are pointing the remote control at the face of the RSEat a 45° angle.

Change the battery. [Device requires one (1) CR2025 battery.]

Use the control buttons on the RSE display panel.

If the remote control still does not work, contact your HYUNDAI dealer.

5

Before driving / 5-3Key positions / 5-4Starting the engine / 5-6Automatic transaxle / 5-8All wheel drive (AWD) / 5-14Brake system / 5-21Cruise control system / 5-31Economical operation / 5-35Special driving conditions / 5-37Winter driving / 5-42Trailer towing / 5-46

Vehicle load limit / 5-54Vehicle weight / 5-58



25

E010000AEN-EU

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


E020100AUN

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided in sec-tion 7, “Maintenance”.

E020300BUN

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

PROPOSITION 65 WARN-ING

Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).


45

E030100AEN

Illuminated ignition switch Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30 sec-onds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

OEN056001 OUN036002

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence of drugsis as dangerous or more dangerousthan driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

KEY POSITIONS

WARNINGWhen you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.

5 5


E030202AUN

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

E030203AUN

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

E030204AUN

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine. The enginewill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

E030205AUN-EU

WARNING - Ignitionswitch

• Never turn the ignition switch toLOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in P (Park) for theautomatic transaxle, set the park-ing brake fully and shut the engineoff. Unexpected and sudden vehi-cle movement may occur if theseprecautions are not taken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ignition switch,

or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.


65

E040000AUN-EU

E040100AUN-EU

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Place the transaxle shift lever in P(Park). Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

E040300BEN

Starting the engine with a smartkey (if equipped)When starting the engine without insert-ing the smart key1. Make sure the parking brake is firmly

applied.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in the

P(park) position.

STARTING THE ENGINE

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

OEN056008

5 7


3. Carry the smart key or leave it insidethe vehicle.

4. Depress the brake pedal.5. Depress and hold the ignition switch.

Make sure that the immobilizer indica-tor ( ) illuminates on the instru-ment panel.

6. With the ignition switch depressed andheld, start the engine by turning theignition switch on.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,if it is far away from you, the enginemay not start.

• When the ignition switch is in the ACCor ON position, if any door is open, thesystem checks for the smart key. If thesmart key is not in the vehicle, the indi-cator will blink, and if all doors areclosed, the chime will also sound forabout 5 seconds. The indicator will turnoff while the vehicle is moving. Keepthe smart key in the vehicle.

If the battery is weak or the smart keydoes not work correctly, you can start theengine by inserting the smart key in theignition switch.

OEN056009

WARNINGThe ignition switch will turn, andthe engine will start, only when thesmart key is in the vehicle and thebrake has been depressed.Never allow children or any personwho is unfamiliar with the vehicleto touch the ignition switch or relat-ed parts.


85

E060000AUN-EU

E060100AEN

Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 6 forwardspeeds and one reverse speed. The indi-vidual speeds are selected automatically,depending on the position of the shiftlever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

OEN056002

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Depress the brake pedal when shifting.

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

5 9


For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

E060101BEN

Transaxle rangesThe indicator in the instrument clusterdisplays the shift lever position when theignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a car into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an incline, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.


105

R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Driving).

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R whilethe vehicle is in motion, except asexplained in “Rocking the vehicle”in this section.

5 11


Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to amanual transaxle, the sports modeallows gearshifts with the acceleratorpedal depressed.

Up (+) : Push the lever forward once toshift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards onceto shift down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) or P (Park) positionas required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

(Continued)

(Continued)• In sports mode, when the engine rpm

approaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd (or 3rd)gear which is better for smooth driv-ing on a slippery road. Push the shiftlever to the -(down) side to shift backto the 1st gear.

OEN056003

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Sports mode


125

E060102AEN

Shift lock system For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse) unless thebrake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:1. Carefully remove the cap covering the

shift-lock override access hole.

2. Insert a screwdriver (or key) into theaccess hole and press down on thescrewdriver (or key).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi-ately.

E060103AUN

Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around the car.

OEN056004

5 13


E060200AEN

Good driving practices• Never move the gear shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the gear shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into R(Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the car from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.


145

E060203AUN

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-dency to roll backwards. Shifting theshift lever into 2 (Second Gear) willhelp prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards.

E170000AEN-EU

Engine power can be delivered to all frontand rear wheels for maximum traction.Full-time AWD is useful when extra trac-tion is required on road, such as, whendriving on slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads. These vehicles are notdesigned for challenging off-road use.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)

1KMA3053

AWD

1KMA3054

2WD

Front wheel

Front wheel

Rear wheel

5 15


Occasional off-road use such as estab-lished unpaved roads and trails is OK. Itis always important when traveling off-highway that the driver carefully reducespeed to a level that does not exceed thesafe operating speed for those condi-tions. In general, off-road conditions pro-vide less traction and braking effective-ness than normal road conditions. Thedriver must be especially alert to avoiddriving on slopes which tilt the vehicle toeither side.These factors must be carefully consid-ered when driving off-road. Keeping thevehicle in contact with the driving surfaceand under control in these conditions isalways the driver's responsibility for thesafety of him/herself and his or her pas-sengers.

E170201AEN-EU

Tight corner brake effect

This is called tight corner brake effect.Tight corner brake effect is a uniquecharacteristic of all wheel drive vehiclescaused by the difference in tire rotation atthe four wheels and the zero-degreealignment of the front wheels and sus-pension.Sharp turns at low speeds should be car-ried out with caution.

WARNING - Off road driv-ing

This vehicle is designed primarilyfor on road use although it canoperate effectively off road.However it was not designed fordriving in challenging off-road con-ditions. Driving in conditions thatexceed the vehicle's intendeddesign or the driver's experiencelevel may result in severe injury ordeath.

CAUTION - AWDWhen turning sharply on a pavedroad at low speed while in all wheeldrive, steering control will be diffi-cult.


165

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,

off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., tomaximize traction.

• This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speedsabove 19 mph (30 km/h) and is shifted to AWD AUTO modeat speed above 25 mph (40 km/h). If the vehicle deceleratesto speeds below 19 mph (30 km/h), however, the transfermode is shifted into AWD LOCK mode again.

• When driving in AWD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates sim-ilar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operatingconditions. However, if the system determines that there is aneed for the AWD mode, the engine’s driving power is dis-tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter-vention.

• When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehiclemoves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.

A W DLOCKAWD LOCK

AWD AUTO (AWD LOCK is

deactivated)

(Indicator light isnot illuminated)

(Indicator light isilluminated)

✽✽ NOTICE• When driving on normal roads, deactivate the AWD LOCK mode by pushing the AWD LOCK button(the indicator light goes

off). Driving on normal roads with AWD LOCK mode(especially, when cornering) may cause mechanical noise or vibration.The noise and vibration will disappear when the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated. Some parts of the power train may be dam-aged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration.

• When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels.This shock is not a mechanical failure.

E170200AEN-EU

All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection

5 17


E170300AEN-EU

For safe all wheel drive operation

• Do not try to drive in deep standingwater or mud since such conditionscan stall your engine and clog yourexhaust pipes. Do not drive downsteep hills since it requires extremeskill to maintain control of the vehicle.

• When you are driving up or down hillsdrive as close to straight up and downthe hill as possible. Use extreme cau-tion in going up or down steep hills,since you may flip your vehicle overdepending on the grade, terrain andwater/mud conditions.

WARNING - All wheel driv-ing

The conditions on-road or off-roadthat demand all wheel drive meanall functions of your vehicle areexposed to more extreme stressthan under normal road conditions.Slow down and be ready forchanges in the composition andtraction of the surface under yourtires. If you have any doubt aboutthe safety of the conditions you arefacing, stop and consider the bestway to proceed. Do not exceed theability of yourself or your vehicle tooperate safely.

WARNING - HillsDriving across the contour of steephills can be extremely dangerous.This danger can come from slightchanges in the wheel angle whichcan destabilize the vehicle or, evenif the vehicle is maintaining stabili-ty under power, it can lose that sta-bility if the vehicle stops its forwardmotion. Your vehicle may roll overwithout warning and without timefor you to correct a mistake thatcould cause serious injury ordeath.

HILL1 HILL2


185

• You must consciously take the effort tolearn how to corner in an AWD vehicle.Do not rely on your experience in con-ventional 2WD vehicles in choosingsafe cornering speed in AWD mode.For starters, you must drive more slow-ly in AWD.

• Drive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar with theoff-road conditions where you aregoing to drive before you begin driving.

• Always hold the steering wheel firmlywhen you are driving off-road.

• Make sure all passengers are wearingseat belts.

• If you need to drive in water, stop yourvehicle, set your transfer to the AWDLOCK mode and drive at less than 5mph (8 km/h).

WARNING - AWDReduce speed when you turn cor-ners. The center of gravity of AWDvehicles is higher than that of con-ventional 2WD vehicles, makingthem more likely to roll over whenyou turn corners too fast. WARNING - Steering

wheelDo not grab inside of the steeringwheel when you are driving off-road. Your arm may be hurt by asudden steering maneuver or fromsteering wheel rebound due toimpact with objects on the ground.You could lose control of the steer-ing wheel.

WARNING - Wind dangerIf you are driving in heavy wind, thevehicle's higher center of gravitydecreases your steering controlcapacity and requires you to drivemore slowly.

WARNING - Drivingthrough water

Drive slowly. If you are driving toofast in water, the water spray canget into the engine compartmentand wet the ignition system, caus-ing your vehicle to suddenly stall. Ifthis happens and your vehicle is ina tilted position, your vehicle mayroll over.

OEN056010

5 19


✽✽ NOTICE• Do not drive in water if the level is

higher than the bottom of the vehicle.• Check your brake condition once you

are out of mud or water. Press thebrake pedal several times as you moveslowly until you feel normal brakingforces return.

• Shorten your scheduled maintenanceinterval if you drive in off-road condi-tions such as sand, mud or water (see“Maintenance under severe usageconditions” in section 7). Always washyour car thoroughly after off road use,especially cleaning the under side ofthe vehicle.

• Since the driving torque is alwaysapplied to the 4 wheels the perform-ance of the AWD vehicle is greatlyaffected by the condition of the tires.Be sure to equip the vehicle with fourtires of the same size and type.

• A full time all wheel drive vehicle can-not be towed by an ordinary towtruck. Make sure that the vehicle isplaced on a flat bed truck for moving.

WARNING - AWD driving• Avoid high cornering speed.• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at high speed.

• In a collision, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to diecompared to a person wearing aseat belt.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver oversteers to re-enter the roadway. Inthe event your vehicle leaves theroadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

CAUTION - Mud or snowIf one of the front or rear wheelsbegins to spin in mud, snow, etc.the vehicle can sometimes be driv-en out by depressing the accelera-tor pedal further; however avoidrunning the engine continuously athigh rpm because doing so coulddamage the AWD system.


205

E170400AEN E170600AEN-EU

E170700AEN-EU

• Full-time AWD vehicles must be testedon a special four wheel chassisdynamometer.

✽✽ NOTICENever engage the parking brake whileperforming these tests.

• An AWD vehicle should not be testedon a 2WD drive roll tester. If a 2WD rolltester must be used, perform the fol-lowing:

1. Check the tire pressures recommend-ed for your vehicle.

2. Place the front wheels on the rolltester for a speedometer test as shownin the illustration.

3. Release the parking brake.4. Place the rear wheels on the tempo-

rary free roller as shown in the illustra-tion.

WARNING - Dynamometertesting

Keep away from the front of thevehicle while the vehicle is in gearon the dynamometer. This is verydangerous as the vehicle can jumpforward and cause serious injury ordeath.

WARNING - Jacked vehicleWhile the full-time AWD vehicle isbeing raised on a jack, never startthe engine or cause the tires torotate.There is the danger that rotatingtires touching the ground couldcause the vehicle to go off the jackand to jump forward. OCM051013

Roll tester (speedometer)Temporary free roller

WARNINGYour vehicle is equipped with tiresdesigned to provide for safe rideand handling capability. Do not usea size and type of tire and wheelthat is different from the one that isoriginally installed on your vehicle.It can affect the safety and perform-ance of your vehicle, which couldlead to handling failure or rolloverand serious injury. When replacingthe tires, be sure to equip all fourtires with the tire and wheel of thesame size, type, tread, brand andload-carrying capacity. If you never-theless decide to equip your vehi-cle with any tire/wheel combinationnot recommended by HYUNDAI foroff road driving, you should not usethese tires for highway driving.

5 21


E070100AUN

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

E070101AUN

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

• When descending a long or steephill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to sefely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.


225

E070102AUN

Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes. You may hear thissound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

Parking brake E070201AEN

Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then depress the park-ing brake pedal down as far as possible.In addition it is recommended that whenparking the vehicle on an incline, the shiftlever should be in the P (Park) positionon automatic transaxle vehicles.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace brake pads ascomplete front or rear axle sets.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad and brake rotor wear.

OEN056005

5 23


E070202AEN

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, depressthe parking brake pedal a second timewhile applying the foot brake. The pedalwill automatically extend to the fullyreleased position. If the parking brakepedal does not release or does notrelease all the way, have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminated whenthe parking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains on afterthe parking brake is released while engineis running, there may be a malfunction inthe brake system. Immediate attention isnecessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in P (Park) for automatictransaxle equipped vehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.

OEN056006 W-75


245

E070300AEN-EU

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for carsequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (or Electronic StabilityControl System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tire chains installed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

The safety features of an ABS (orESC) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.

5 25


✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and stop theengine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.


265

E070500AUN-EU

Electronic stability control (ESC)The Electronic Stability control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes at individual wheels andintervenes in the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityControl System is functioning properly.

OEN056007N

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic stability control(ESC) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmaneuvers and hydroplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding maneuvers thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESC installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

5 27


E070501AUN-EU

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF buttonfor at least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESC off. (ESC OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESC OFFbutton (ESC OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESC per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control andindicates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

E070502AUN-EU

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again.

-

ESCESCOFF


285

E070503AEN-EU

Indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light illuminates, then goesoff if ESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating.The ESC OFF indicator light comes onwhen either the ESC is turned off withthe button, or ESC fails to operate whenturned on.

E070504AEN-EU

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC turned

on for daily driving whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press the

ESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

Never press the ESC OFF button whileESC is operating (ESC indicator lightblinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat-ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC isturned off (ESC OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESC is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

ESC

ESCOFF

■ ESC indicator light (blinks)

■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Control sys-tem is only a driving aid; use pre-cautions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

5 29


E070600BEN

Good braking practices• After parking the vehicle, check to be

sure the parking brake is not engagedand that the parking brake indicatorlight is out before driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the car is washed. Wet brakescan be dangerous! Your car will notstop as quickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakes may cause the car to pullto one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the carunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating.If the ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may go out ofcontrol.To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

WARNING• Whenever leaving vehicle or

parking, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transaxleinto the park position. Vehiclesnot fully engaged in park with theparking brake set are at risk formoving inadvertently and injur-ing yourself or others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.


305

• Don't coast down hills with the car outof gear. This is extremely hazardous.Keep the car in gear at all times, usethe brakes to slow down, then shift to alower gear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating andlosing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thecar pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

• If your car is equipped with an auto-matic transaxle, don't let your carcreep forward. To avoid creeping for-ward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the car is stopped.

• Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the gear selector lever in P (auto-matic transaxle). If your car is facingdownhill, turn the front wheels into thecurb to help keep the car from rolling. Ifyour car is facing uphill, turn the frontwheels away from the curb to helpkeep the car from rolling. If there is nocurb or if it is required by other condi-tions to keep the car from rolling, blockthe wheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the gearselector lever in P (automatic transaxle)and block the rear wheels so the carcannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

5 31


E090000AEN

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without pressing the acceler-ator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated)the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not use the cruise control

when it may not be safe to keepthe car at a constant speed, forinstance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.


325

E090100AEN

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 25 mph (40 km/h).

3. Push the COAST/SET switch, andrelease it at the desired speed.The SETindicator light in the instrument clusterwill illuminate. Release the acceleratorat the same time.The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

E090200AUN-EU

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the RES/ACCEL switch and hold

it. Your vehicle will accelerate. Releasethe switch at the speed you want.

• Push the RES/ACCEL switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.0 mph (1.6km/h) each time the RES/ ACCELswitch is operated in this manner.

OEN056012 OEN056013OEN056011

5 33


E090300AUN-EU

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the COAST/SET switch and hold

it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the switch at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Push the COAST/SET switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.0 mph (1.6km/h) each time the COAST/SETswitch is operated in this manner.

E090400AUN

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

E090500AEN

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 9 mph (15km/h).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

OEN056014OEN056012


345

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, pushthe RES/ACCEL switch located on yoursteering wheel. You will return to yourpreviously preset speed.

E090600AUN

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 25 mph(40 km/h):If any method other than the CRUISEON-OFF switch was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when theRES/ACCEL switch is pushed.It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately25 mph (40 km/h).

E090700AEN

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.

OEN056013

5 35


E100000AEN

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from a gal-lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to that of the other traffic so youdon't have to change speeds unneces-sarily. Avoid heavy traffic wheneverpossible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so you canavoid unnecessary braking. This alsoreduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your car uses.Driving at a moderate speed, especial-ly on the highway, is one of the mosteffective ways to reduce fuel consump-tion.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This canincrease fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components.In addition, driving with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal may cause thebrakes to overheat, which reducestheir effectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your carin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. If you drive yourcar in severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see section 7for details).

• Keep your car clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the car. This extraweight can result in increased fuel con-sumption and also contribute to corro-sion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your car. Weight reduces fueleconomy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION


365

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in too higha gear resulting in the engine bucking.If this happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

5 37


E110100AUN

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden movements in braking or

steering.

• When braking with non-ABS brakespump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

E110200AEN-EU

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to freeit from snow, sand, or mud, first turn thesteering wheel right and left to clear thearea around your front wheels. Then, shiftback and forth between R (Reverse) andany forward gear in vehicles equippedwith an automatic transaxle. Do not racethe engine, and spin the wheels as littleas possible. If you are still stuck after afew tries, have the vehicle pulled out by atow vehicle to avoid engine overheatingand possible damage to the transaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

1VQA3002

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.


385

✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system should be turned OFFprior to rocking the vehicle. E110300AUN

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400AUN-EU

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 35 mph (56km/h). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

ORV047004 OCM053010

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

5 39


• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night. Headlight operationshield using windshield wipers ismandatory in some states.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

E110500AUN

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

1VQA3003


405

E110700AUN

Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 8.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 7.

1VQA1004

5 41


E111000AEN

Reducing the risk of a rolloverThis multi-purpose passenger vehicle isdefined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).SUV’s have higher ground clearance anda narrower track to make them capableof performing in a wide variety of off-roadapplications. Specific design characteris-tics give them a higher center of gravitythan ordinary cars. An advantage of thehigher ground clearance is a better viewof the road, which allows you to antici-pate problems. They are not designed forcornering at the same speeds as con-ventional passenger drive vehicles, anymore than low-slung sports cars aredesigned to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. Due to this risk, driverand passengers are strongly recom-mended to buckle their seat belts. In arollover crash, an unbelted person ismore likely to die than a person wearinga seat belt. There are steps that a drivercan make to reduce the risk of a rollover.If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, do not load your roofrack with heavy cargo, and never modifyyour vehicle in any way.

WARNING - Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle(SUV), failure to operate this vehi-cle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol, an accident or vehiclerollover.• Utility vehicles have a significant-

ly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles.

• Specific design characteristics(higher ground clearance, nar-rower track, etc.) give this vehiclea higher center of gravity thanordinary cars.

• A SUV is not designed for corner-ing at the same speeds as con-ventional vehicles.

• Avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers.

• In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly more like-ly to die than a person wearing aseat belt. Make sure everyone inthe vehicle is properly buckledup.


425

E120000AUN

The more severe weather conditions ofwinter result in greater wear and otherproblems. To minimize the problems ofwinter driving, you should follow thesesuggestions:

E120100AUN

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-cations, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

✽✽ NOTICETire chains are not legal in all states.Check state laws before fitting tirechains.

E120101AUN

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1VQA3005

5 43


E120102AEN-EU

Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use wire-type chains with a thickness of less than0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your vehiclecaused by improper snow chain use isnot covered by your vehicle manufactur-ers warranty.

When using tire chains, attach them tothe drive wheels as follows.2WD : Front wheelsAWD : All four wheels

If a full set of chains is not avail-able for an AWD vehicle, chainsmay be installed on the frontwheels only.

Chain installation When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for yourtires. Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the snowchain connecting hooks may bedamaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snowchains to come loose from thetire. Make sure the snow chainsare SAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.Retighten or remount the chainsif they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle in P(Park), apply the parking brake andturn off the engine before installingsnow chains.

1VQA3007


445

E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

E120300AEN

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer or a service station.

E120400AEN

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 9for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

WARNING - Tire chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

5 45


E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AEN

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

E120800AEN

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the gear selector lever inP (automatic transaxle) and block therear wheels so the car cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

E120900AUN

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

E121000AUN

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er where you drive your car, you shouldcarry appropriate emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps or chains,flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,etc.


465

E140000AEN

If you are considering towing with withyour car, you should first check with yourstate’s Department of Motor Vehicles todetermine their legal requirements.Since laws vary from state to state therequirements for towing trailers, cars, orother types of vehicles or apparatus maydiffer. Ask an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er for further details before towing.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identifywhat the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the trailer” thatappears later in this section.

Remember that trailering is different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in handling,durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.

This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtires are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing the pullingrequirements.

TRAILER TOWING

WARNING - Towing a trail-er

If you don't use the correct equip-ment and drive improperly, you canlose control when you pull a trailer.For example, if the trailer is tooheavy, the brakes may not workwell - or even at all. You and yourpassengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps inthis section.

WARNING - Weight limitsBefore towing, make sure the totaltrailer weight, gross combinationweight, gross vehicle weight, grossaxle weight and trailer tongue loadare all within the limits.

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.

5 47


E140100AEN

Hitches It's important to have the correct hitchequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right hitch. Hereare some rules to follow:• Will you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer hitch? If you do, then be sure toseal the holes later when you removethe hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for hitches. Do not attachrental hitches or other bumper-typehitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach tothe bumper.

• HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory isavailable at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

E140200AUN

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to the road if it becomes separatedfrom the hitch.Instructions about safety chains may beprovided by the hitch manufacturer or bythe trailer manufacturer. Follow the man-ufacturer’s recommendation for attachingsafety chains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trailer.And, never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

E140300AUN-EU

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to federaland/or local regulations and that it isproperly installed and operating correctly.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesloaded, then it needs its own brakes andthey must be adequate. Be sure to readand follow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so you’ll be able to install, adjustand maintain them properly.• Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake sys-

tem.

WARNING - Trailer brakesDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.


485

E140400AUN

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer hitchand platform, safety chains, electricalconnector(s), lights, tires and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

E140401AUN

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

E140402AUN

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,because of the increased vehicle length,you’ll need to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane.

E140403AUN

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

E140404AUN

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoidjerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal wellin advance.

E140405AEN

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It’s importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.

5 49


An authorized HYUNDAI dealer canassist you in installing the wiring harness.

E140406AUN

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 45 mph (70km/h) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesand you have an automatic transaxle,you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-ing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimize heat build upand extend the life of your transaxle.

E140407AEN

Parking on hills Generally, you should not park your vehi-cle with a trailer attached on a hill. Peoplecan be seriously or fatally injured, andboth your vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged if they begin a downhill trajec-tory.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here’s how to do it:1. Apply your brakes, but don’t shift into

gear.2. Have someone place chocks under

the trailer wheels.3. When the wheel chocks are in place,

release the brakes until the chocksabsorb the load.

4. Reapply the brakes. Apply your park-ing brake, and then shift to P (Park) foran automatic transaxle.

5. Release the brakes.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat. If the needle of the coolanttemperature gauge moves acrossthe dial towards “H” (HOT), pullover and stop as soon as it is safeto do so, and allow the engine toidle until it cools down. You mayproceed once the engine hascooled sufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seri-ous injury or death because thetrailer could break loose.


505

When you are ready to leave after park-ing on a hill 1. With the automatic transaxle in P

(Park), apply your brakes and hold thebrake pedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

E140500AUN

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion to include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea to reviewthese sections before you start your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain your trailerand hitch. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all hitch nutsand bolts should be tight.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brake isnot firmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly.Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occurin hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the A/Cand stop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

• If your vehicle is not equippedwith the air conditioner, youshould install a condenser fan toimprove engine performancewhen towing a trailer.

5 51


E140600AEN

If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a hitch dealer about sway control.• Do not do any towing with your car dur-

ing its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) inorder to allow the engine to properlybreak in. Failure to heed this cautionmay result in serious engine ortransaxle damage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer forfurther information on additionalrequirements such as a towing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moder-ate speed (less than 60 mph / 100km/h).

• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towingspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important consider-ations that have to do with weight:

ItemMaximum Towable Weight

Trailer Tongue

With Brake 3,500 (1,588) 350 (159)

Without Brake 1,650 (748) 165 (75)

lbs. (kg)

❈ Boat Trailer Weight (with brake) : 4,500 lbs (2,041 kg)❈ Maximum Towable Weight : 2 person (Driver and 1 passenger)


525

E140601AUN

Weight of the trailerHow heavy can a trailer safely be? Itshould never weigh more than the maxi-mum trailer weight with trailer brakes. Buteven that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howoften your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

E140602AEN

Weight of the trailer tongueThe tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the curb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe tongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.

The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi-mum of 10% of the total loaded trailerweight, within the limits of the maximumtrailer tongue load permissible. Afteryou've loaded your trailer, weigh the trail-er and then the tongue, separately, tosee if the weights are proper. If theyaren’t, you may be able to correct themsimply by moving some items around inthe trailer.

C190E01JM

Tongue Load Total Trailer WeightWARNING - Trailer

• Never load a trailer with moreweight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately 40%of the total trailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped with scales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

5 53


E140700AEN

Trailer connectorA : Power connector B : Signal connector C : Connector Cap 1 : Power supply for trailer lamp (30A/B+) 2 : Ground 3 : Signal (Right turn signal light)

4 : Signal (Tail light) 5 : Signal (Left turn signal light) 6 : Signal (Stop light)

The power connector (A) that is connect-ed with a controller to operate the trailerlamp and the connector (B) used to judgewhether the vehicle lamp operates prop-erly is installed in the right bottom back ofthe vehicle.You can use it, when needed.

OEN066017N

CAUTION• The rear parking assist system

connectors are installed in theleft bottom back of vehicle. Donot touch the connectors.

• When using the trailer pack, openthe cap(C) and then connect it tothe connector. After using theconnector, disconnect it andalways put the cap(C) back on thecorresponding connector. If thecap is not replaced, foreign ele-ments such as dust or liquid maydamage the vehicle.

• You must use a separate con-troller to use the power connec-tor(A) to operate the trailer lamp.

• The connector B is only for thevehicle lamp. Therefore, do notuse the connector B to operatethe trailer lamp. It may blow outthe fuse and damage the vehicle.

• While the connector is connectedto the trailer, make sure the con-nector wire does not go near themuffler. The heat from the mufflermay damage the wire.

CLIP CONNECTING PART

CONNECTOR-A CONNECTOR-B

CLIP CONNECTING PART


545

E150100AUN

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

E150101AEN

Vehicle capacity weight:1160 lbs. (526 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

E150102AEN

Seating capacity:Total : 7 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 5 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

E150103AEN

Towing capacity:Without trailer brakes:1650 lbs (748 kg)With trailer brakes:3500 lbs (1588 kg)

Towing capacity is the maximumtrailer weight including its cargoweight, your vehicle can tow.

E150104AUN

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trail-er.

E150105AUN

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OEN086200N

OEN086201N

5 55


2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 1400lbs. (635 kg), and there will be five150 lbs. (68 kg) passengers inyour vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage loadcapacity is 650 lbs. (295 kg).(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs. or635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific informa-tion about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The com-bined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed yourvehicle's capacity weight.

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 1400 lbs

Weight (635 kg)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2(136 kg)

CAvailable Cargo and 1100 lbs

Luggage weight (499 kg)

Example 1

A B C

C190F02JM




B Weight 750 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 5(340 kg)



A B C

Example 2


565

E150200AUN

Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

C190F03JM




B Weight 860 lbs

172 lbs (78 kg) × 5(390 kg)



A B C

Example 3

OEN056020

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

(Continued)

5 57


The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

(Continued)• Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.CAUTION

• Overloading your vehicle maycause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your warran-ty. Do not overload your vehicle.

• Using heavier suspension com-ponents to get added durabilitymight not change your weightratings. Ask your dealer to helpyou load your vehicle the rightway.


585

E160000AUN

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the certification label:

E160100AUN

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

E160200AUN

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

E160300AUN

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

E160400AUN

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe certification label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

E160700AUN-EU

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’sdoor sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2If the engine will not start / 6-3Emergency starting / 6-4If the engine overheats / 6-6Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-7If you have a flat tire / 6-12Towing / 6-21



26

ROAD WARNING

F010100AUN

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

F020100AUN-EU

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

F020200AUN

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the car slow down while drivingstraight ahead. Do not apply the brakesimmediately or attempt to pull off theroad as this may cause a loss of con-trol. When the car has slowed to sucha speed that it is safe to do so, brakecarefully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible and park onfirm, level ground. If you are on a divid-ed highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OEN046059

6 3


2.When the car is stopped, turn on youremergency hazard flashers, set theparking brake and put the transaxle inP (automatic transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of the car.Be sure they all get out on the side ofthe car that is away from traffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

F020300AEN

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

F030100AUN

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your car has an automatic transaxle,

be sure the gear selector lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

F030200AEN

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at igni-tion coils and spark plugs. Reconnectany that may be disconnected orloose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the car to start it. Thiscould result in a collision or causeother damage. In addition, push orpull starting may cause the catalyt-ic converter to be overloaded andcreate a fire hazard.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

F040000AUN

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

F040100AEN

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thecar.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Dischargedbattery

Jumper Cables

Boosterbattery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

6 5


F040101AEN

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (3), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, the enginelifting bracket) away from the battery(4). Do not connect it to or near anypart that moves when the engine iscranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

F040200AUN-EU

Push-starting Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSF050000AEN

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) and set the parkingbrake. If the air conditioning is on, turnit off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe car or steam is coming out fromthe hood, stop the engine. Do not openthe hood until the coolant has stoppedrunning or the steaming has stopped.If there is no visible loss of enginecoolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to be surethe engine cooling fan is operating. Ifthe fan is not running, turn the engineoff.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the car. (If the air con-ditioning had been in use, it is normalfor cold water to be draining from itwhen you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.WARNING

While the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

6 7


TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) TPMS malfunction indicator(2) Low tire pressure telltaleF060000BEN

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is provided by aseparate telltale, which displays thesymbol "TPMS" when illuminated.When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire pres-sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-tions may occur for a variety of rea-sons, including the installation ofreplacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function proper-ly.

OEN059100N


86

✽✽ NOTICEIf the TPMS, Low Tire Pressureindicator does not illuminate for 3seconds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position or engineis running, or if they remain illumi-nated after coming on for approxi-mately 3 seconds, take your car toyour nearest authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the system checked.

F060100BEN

Low tire pressure tell-tale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated.Immediately reduce your speed,avoid hard cornering and anticipateincreased stopping distances. Youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible. Inflate the tires tothe proper pressure as indicated onthe vehicle’s placard or tire inflationpressure label located on the driver’sside center pillar outer panel. If youcannot reach a service station or ifthe tire cannot hold the newly addedair, replace the low pressure tire withthe temporary spare tire.Then the TPMS malfunction indicatormay turn on and the Low TirePressure telltale still turn on afterrestarting and about 20 minutes ofcontinuous driving before you havethe low-pressure tire repaired andreplaced on the vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEThe temporary spare tire is notequipped with a tire pressure sensor.

6 9


F060200BEN

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicatorcomes on and stays on when there isa problem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an under-inflation warning at the same time assystem failure then it will illuminateboth the TPMS malfunction and thelow tire pressure telltale e.g. if FrontLeft sensor fails, the TPMS malfunc-tion indicator illuminates, but if theFront Right, Rear Left, or Rear Righttire is under-inflated, the low tirepressure and position telltales mayilluminate together with the TPMSmalfunction indicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible to determine the causeof the problem.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.

TPMS


106

F060300BEN

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure telltale will turn on. Havethe flat tire repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble or replace the flat tire with thecompact spare tire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the compact spare tire, theLow Tire Pressure and Position tell-tales will remain on until the lowpressure tire is repaired and placedon the vehicle.

After you replace the low pressuretire with the temporary spare tire, theTPMS malfunction indicator may beilluminated after a few minutesbecause the temporary spare tiredoes not have a sensor.Once the low pressure tire is re-inflated to the recommended pres-sure and installed on the vehicle, theTPMS malfunction indicator and thelow tire pressure and position tell-tales will extinguish within a few min-utes.If the indicators are not extinguishedafter a few minutes, please visit anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.You may not be able identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold (from sitting station-ary for at least 3 hours and drivenless than 1 mile (1.6km) during that 3hour period).

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradios transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may be illuminated if someelectronic devices, such asnotebook computers, are usedin the vehicle. This can inter-fere with normal operation ofthe Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

CAUTIONNEVER use a puncture-repair-ing agent to repair and/or inflatea low pressure tire. The tiresealant can damage the tirepressure sensor. If used, youwill have to replace the tire pres-sure sensor.

6 11


Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6km) in that 3hour period.

This device complies with Part 15of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.CAUTION

Do not use any tire sealant ifyour vehicle is equipped with aTire Pressure MonitoringSystem. The liquid sealant candamage the tire pressure sen-sors. WARNING - Protecting

TPMSTampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tire pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road. WARNING

Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user's authorityto operate the equipment.


126

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

F070100BEN

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, wheel lug nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment. Pull up the luggagebox cover to reach this equipment.

(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

F070101AUN

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm ground.If you cannot find a firm, levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

(Continued)

OEN066001L

6 13


F070200AEN

Removing and storing the sparetire Your spare tire is stored underneathyour vehicle, directly below the cargoarea.To remove the spare tire:1. Open the tailgate.2. Find the plastic hex bolt cover and

remove the cover.

3. Use the wheel lug nut wrench toloosen the bolt enough to lowerthe spare tire.Turn the wrench counterclockwiseuntil the spare tire reaches theground.

OEN067002L-1 OEN067003

(Continued)• Be sure to use the correct

front and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

• The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.


146

4. After the spare tire reaches theground, continue to turn thewrench counterclockwise, anddraw the spare tire outside. Neverrotate the wrench excessively, oth-erwise the spare tire carrier maybe damaged.

5. Remove the retainer (1) from thecenter of the spare tire.

To store the spare tire:1. Lay the tire on the ground with the

valve stem facing up.2. Place the wheel under the vehicle

and install the retainer (1) throughthe wheel center.

3. Turn the wrench clockwise until itclicks.

F070300AEN

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the transaxle shift lever into P

(Park).3. Activate the hazard warning flash-

er.

OEN066004 OEN066005

WARNINGEnsure the spare tire retainer isproperly aligned with the centerof the spare tire to prevent thespare tire “rattling”. Otherwise,it may cause the spare tire tofall off the carrier and lead to anaccident.

1VQA4022

6 15


4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

1VQA4023 OEN066006

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.


166

7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 1.2 in (30 mm).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OEN066007 OEN066009

6 17


10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Lower the car to the ground byturning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown

in the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have an authorized HYUNDAI dealertighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:65~79 lb·ft (9~11 kg·m)

WARNINGWheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Beforeputting the wheel into place, besure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that interferes withthe wheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

OEN066008


186

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” sec-tion 8.

6 19


F070301AUN

Important - use of compact spare tireYour vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 1inch (25 mm), which could result indamage to the vehicle.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over50 mph (80 km/h). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.


206

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• The compact spare tire should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

6 21


TOWING

F080100AEN-EU

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must betowed with a wheel lift and dollies orflatbed equipment with all the wheels offthe ground.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to towthe vehicle with the rear wheels on theground (without dollies) and the frontwheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OUN046028

CAUTIONThe AWD vehicle should never betowed with the wheels on theground. This can cause seriousdamage to the transaxle or the AWDsystem.

CAUTIONBefore towing, check the automatictransaxle fluid leak under your vehi-cle. If the automatic transaxle fluidis leaking, a flatbed equipment ortowing dolly must be used.

dolly2WD only


226

When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

F080200AUN

Removable towing hook (rear)1. Open the tailgate, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the rearbumper.

OUN046030

OUN046029

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle. OEN066010

6 23


3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

F080300AEN

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer or a commercial towtruck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi-

cle out of mud, sand or other condi-tions from which the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

OEN066011

OEN066012

OEN066013

Front

Rear


246

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet (5m) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle is unableto be moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OEN066014

6 25


F080301AUN

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

F080400AUN

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing)

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

If the car is being towed with all fourwheels on the ground, it can betowed only from the front. Be surethat the transaxle is in neutral. Donot tow at speeds greater than 25mph (40 km/h) and for more than 15miles (25 km). Be sure the steeringis unlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. A drivermust be in the towed vehicle tooperate the steering and brakes.

WARNING Do not use the hooks under thefront (or rear) of the vehicle for tow-ing purposes. These hooks aredesigned ONLY for transport tie-down. If the tie-down hooks areused for towing, the tie-down hooksor front bumper will be damagedand this could lead to seriousinjury.

OEN066016

OEN066017

Front

Rear

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-3Owner maintenance / 7-4Scheduled maintenance service / 7-6Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-11Engine oil / 7-14Engine coolant / 7-15Brakes fluid / 7-18Power steering fluid / 7-19Washer fluid / 7-20Parking brake / 7-20Air cleaner / 7-21Climate control air filter / 7-22Wiper blades / 7-24Battery / 7-27Tires and wheels / 7-30Fuses / 7-43

Light bulbs / 7-52Appearance care / 7-59Emission control system / 7-65California perchlorate notice / 7-68

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

G010000AEN-EU

OEN078059

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Radiator cap

9. Engine oil dipstick

10. Power steering fluid reservoir

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AEN

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized HYUNDAI dealerperform this work.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AEN-EU

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet.Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from HYUNDAI inorder to provide you with a high level ofservice satisfaction.

G020200AEN-EU

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer with specialtools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Owner’s Handbook & WarrantyInformation booklet provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

Maintenance

47

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

G030000AEN

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized HYUNDAIdealer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

OWNER MAINTENANCE

7 5

Maintenance

G030102AUN

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

G030103AUN

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

G030104AUN

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

G030105AUN-EU

At least once a year:• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.

Maintenance

67

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE G040000AUN-EU

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule ifthe vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 90°F(32°C).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 120 months or 150,000 miles(240,000 km) continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

7 7

Maintenance

G040100AEN-EU

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

Replace every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months

R R R R

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R

Replace every 100,000 miles (160,000 km) or 10 years

I I

I R I R I R I R I R

I I I I I I I I I I

EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

FUEL FILTER

FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS

VACUUM HOSE

CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSE

VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS (IRIDIUM COATED)

VALVE CLEARANCE *1

FUEL TANK AIR FILTER

ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

*1 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.

Maintenance

87

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I I I I I

At first, replace at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 60 months

After that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months

I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

GENERAL ITEMS

DRIVE BELT (AUTO-TENSIONER,

GENERATOR, P/STR'G, A/CON, W/PUMP)

COOLANT

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

REAR DISC BRAKE/PADS, PARKING BRAKE

FRONT DISC BRAKE/PADS,

CALIPERS AND ROTORS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

7 9

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)R : Replace I : Inspect and, after Inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

DESCRIPTION

7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240

6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

Replace every 10,000 miles (15,000 km) or 12 months

I I R I I R

I I I I I

I I I I I I I I I I

GENERAL ITEMS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS

/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL

JOINT

POWER STEERING FLUID

POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT AND HOSES

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

TRANSFER CASE OIL (AWD) *2

REAR AXLE OIL (AWD) *2

PROPELLER SHAFT (AWD)

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

No.

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

*2 : Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

Maintenance

107

G040200AEN-EU

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normaltemperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold

weather

E - Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

FRONT DISC BRAKE/PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR DISC BRAKE/PADS, PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS

TRANSFER CASE OIL (AWD)

REAR AXLE OIL (AWD)

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

PROPELLER SHAFT

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

I

EVERY 3,000 MILES (5,000 KM) OR 3 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY


EVERY 30,000 MILES (48,000 KM)

EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)

MORE FREQUENTLY


A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K

C, E

B, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G, H, I

C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

C, E, G, H, I, J

C, E, G, H, I, J

C, E

C, E

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCEOPERATION

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

DRIVINGCONDITION

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chartbelow for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

7 11

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100AUN

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050300AEN

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

G050400AEN-EU

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized HYUNDAI dealer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

G050600AUN

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

Maintenance

127

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhosesInspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

G050800AEN

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

G050900AUN

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

G051000AEN

Valve clearanceInspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer shouldperform the operation.

G051100AUN

Cooling systemCheck cooling system components, suchas radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

G051600AUN

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

7 13

Maintenance

G051700AUN

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake pedal and cables.

G051900AUN

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

G052000AUN

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052300AEN

Power steering pump, belt andhosesCheck the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately. Inspect the power steering belt (ordrive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks,excessive wear, oiliness and proper ten-sion. Replace or adjust it if necessary.

G052400AUN

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

G052500AUN

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

Maintenance

147

ENGINE OIL

G060100AEN-EU

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for a fewminutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OEN076002N OEN076003N

CAUTIONDo not overfill with engine oil.Engine damage may result.

7 15

Maintenance

G060200AEN-EU

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this section.

G070000AUN

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

G070100AEN

Checking the coolant level

ENGINE COOLANT

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Used engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for prolongedperiods of time. Used engine oilcontains chemicals that havecaused cancer in laboratory ani-mals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soonas possible after handling used oil.

Maintenance

167

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If frequentadditions are required, see an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for a cooling systeminspection.

G070101AUN

Recommended engine coolant• Use only soft (de-mineralized) water in

the coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

OEN076004

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

7 17

Maintenance

G070200AEN

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

OEN076005

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth around the radiatorcap before refilling the coolant inorder to prevent the coolant fromoverflowing into engine parts suchas the generator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

Maintenance

187

BRAKE FLUID

G080100AEN

Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake fluid, clean the area aroundthe reservoir cap thoroughly to preventbrake fluid contamination.

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid. (Referto “Recommended lubricants or capaci-ties” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluidWhen changing and adding brakefluid, handle it carefully. Do not let itcome in contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid should come in contactwith your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of freshtap water. Have your eyes examinedby a doctor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OEN076006

CAUTIONDo not allow brake fluid to contactthe vehicle's body paint, as paintdamage will result. Brake fluid,which has been exposed to open airfor an extended time should neverbe used as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be disposedof properly. Don't put in the wrongkind of fluid. A few drops of miner-al-based oil, such as engine oil, inyour brake system can damagebrake system parts.

7 19

Maintenance

POWER STEERING FLUID

G090100AEN

Checking the power steering fluidlevel With the vehicle on level ground, checkthe fluid level in the power steering reser-voir periodically. The fluid should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir at the normal tem-perature.Before adding power steering fluid, thor-oughly clean the area around the reser-voir cap to prevent power steering fluidcontamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel.

✽✽ NOTICECheck that the fluid level is in the"HOT" range on the reservoir. If thefluid is cold, check that it is in the"COLD" range.

In the event the power steering systemrequires frequent addition of fluid, thevehicle should be inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified power steeringfluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricantsor capacities" in section 8.)

G090200AEN

Checking the power steeringhoseCheck the connections for oil leaks, dam-age and twists in the power steeringhose before driving.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to the power

steering pump, do not operate thevehicle for prolonged periodswith a low power steering fluidlevel.

• Never start the engine when thereservoir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be careful thatdirt does not get into the tank.

• Too little fluid can result inincreased steering effort and/ornoise from the power steeringsystem.

• The use of the non-specified fluidcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe power steering system andcause damage to it.

OEN076007N

Maintenance

207

WASHER FLUID

G120100AUN

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

G140100AEN

Checking the parking brake Check whether the stroke is within spec-ification when the parking brake pedal isdepressed with 66 lb (30 kg, 294 N) offorce. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 5.1~5.5 in (130~140 mm)

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contactingwindshield washer fluid. Seriousinjury or death could occur.

OEN076008N OEN056005

PARKING BRAKE

7 21

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

G160100AEN-EU

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be cleaned and reused.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Replace the air cleaner filter.3. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

OEN076010N OEN076011N

OEN076012N

OEN076013N

Maintenance

227

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this section.)

G170100AEN

Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter should bereplaced every 10,000 miles (15,000km). If the vehicle is operated in severelyair-polluted cities or on dusty roughroads for a long period, it should beinspected more frequently and replacedearlier. When you replace the climatecontrol air filter, replace it performing thefollowing procedure, and be careful toavoid damaging other components.

G170200AEN

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box and remove the

support rod (1).

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof non-genuine parts could dam-age the air flow sensor.

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

OEN078014 OEN076015

7 23

Maintenance

2. With the glove box open, remove thestoppers on both sides to allow theglove box to hang freely on the hinges.

3. Remove the climate control air filtercase pulling out both sides of thecover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen replacing the climate control airfilter install it properly. Otherwise, thesystem may produce noise and the effec-tiveness of the filter may be reduced.

OEN078016 OEN076017 OEN076050

Maintenance

247

WIPER BLADES

G180100AUN

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

7 25

Maintenance

G180201AEN-EU

Front windshield wiper bladeFor your convenience, move the wind-shield wiper blades to the service posi-tion as follows;1. Remove the key from the ignition

switch.2. Move the wiper switch to the single

wiping position (MIST) and hold theswitch until the wiper arm is in the fullyup position.

3. Raise the wiper arm. 4. Press the button and slide the bladeassembly upward.

OEN076057N OEN076049 OEN076047

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

Maintenance

267

5. Install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

6. Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

7. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.

8. Move the wiper switch to any positionand then to the OFF position.

G180202AEN

Rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the

wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer replace the wiperblade.

OEN076048 OEN076018 OEN076019

7 27

Maintenance

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

(Continued)

G190100AUN-EU

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

BATTERY

OEN076020N

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

Maintenance

287

G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)• The electrical ignition system

works with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).

(Continued)

(Continued)• Wear eye protection when check-

ing the battery during charging.• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.1. Turn off the battery charger main

switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp from

the negative battery terminal.3. Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.

WARNING• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGBattery posts, terminals, and relat-ed accessories contain lead andlead compounds, chemicals knownto the State of California to causecancer and reproductive harm.Batteries also contain other chemi-cals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer. Washhands after handling.

7 29

Maintenance

G190400AEN

Removing the battery1. Remove the nut (1) and disconnect the

battery cable from the negative termi-nal of the battery.

2. Remove the nuts (2, 3) and disconnectthe battery cable from the positive ter-minal of the battery.

3. Remove the battery.4. Reinstall the battery in the reverse

order of removal.

G190300AEN

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Power tailgate (See section 4)• Auto up/down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Driver position memory system

(See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

OEN076052N

Maintenance

307

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200AEN-EU

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less thanone mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, vehiclehandling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OEN086003

7 31

Maintenance

G200300AUN

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

G200301AEN

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than one mile (1.6km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41kPa). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

Maintenance

327

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

G200400AUN

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tires on your vehi-cle.

7 33

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

G200500AUN

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped)WARNING

• Do not use the compact sparetire for tire rotation.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

Maintenance

347

G200600BEN

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meetHYUNDAI’s specificationsmay fit poorly and result indamage to the vehicle orunusual handling and poorvehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESC (Electronic Stability Control) to work irregularly (ifequipped).

7 35

Maintenance

G200601AUN

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

G200700BUN

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

G200800AUN

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

G200900AUN

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

Maintenance

367

G201000AUN

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

G201002AEN

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P245/65R17 105T

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengercars or light trucks; however, notall tires have this marking).

245 - Tire width in millimeters.65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).17 - Rim diameter in inches.

105 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

T - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:7.0JX17

7.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.17 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

7 37

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

G201003AEN

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1606 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2006.

G201004AEN

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)T 118 mph (190 km/h)H 130 mph (210 km/h)V 149 mph (240 km/h)Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

Maintenance

387

G201005AUN

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

G2010007BEN-EU

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATUE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.

The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

7 39

Maintenance

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

G201100AEN

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatic transmis-sion, power seats, and air condition-ing.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

Maintenance

407

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascals (kPa) before a tire has builtup heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 150pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

7 41

Maintenance

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

All season tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tireson some models to provide goodperformance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires onsome models to provide superiorperformance on dry roads. Summertire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rat-ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tireside wall. if you plan to operate yourvehicle in snowy or icy conditions.HYUNDAI recommends the use ofsnow tires or all season tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28kPa) more air pressure than thepressure recommended for the stan-dard tires on the tire label on the dri-ver's side of the center pillar, or up tothe maximum pressure shown on thetire sidewall, whichever is less.

Maintenance

427

Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

Tire chainsTire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the drive wheels as fol-lows.2WD : Front wheelsAWD : All four wheels

If a full set of chains is notavailable for a AWD vehicle,chains may be installed onthe front wheels only.

Be sure that the chains are installedin accordance with the manufactur-er's instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

WARNING - Snow or ice • When driving on roads cov-

ered with snow or ice, drive atless than 20 mph (30 km/h).

• Use the SAE “S” class or wirechains.

• If you hear noise caused bychains contacting the body,retighten the chain to avoidcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,retighten the chains after driv-ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains onvehicles equipped with alu-minum wheels. In unavoid-able circumstance, use a wiretype chain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.59inches (15 mm) to preventdamage to the chain’s con-nection.

7 43

Maintenance

FUSES

G210000AEN

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 3 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and fusible link for higher amperage rat-ings.

1VQA4037

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

Maintenance

447

G210100AEN

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in thefuse panel cover.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.Spare fuses are provided in the instru-ment panel fuse panel (or in the enginecompartment fuse panel).

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigarette lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse panel in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OEN076022OEN076021

7 45

Maintenance

G210101AUN

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with a memoryfuse to prevent battery discharge if yourvehicle is parked without being operatedfor prolonged periods. Use the followingprocedures before parking the vehicle forprolonged periods.1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

G210200AEN

Engine compartment fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling up.

OEN076023

OEN076024

OEN076025N

Maintenance

467

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

G210201AEN

Main fuseIf the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater contact.

OEN076026N

7 47

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

Instrument panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel

OEN076027/OEN076028/OEN076029N

G210300AEN-EU

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Maintenance

487

Instrument panel fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentAUDIO-2 10A Audio, Console & rear power outlet relay, Digital clock, BCM, PIC immobilizer module,

ATM key lock control module, RSE moduleC/LIGHTER 20A Front cigarette lighter & Power outlet A/BAG 2 10A Driver seat belt buckle switch, Weight classification module, Telltale lampA/BAG 1 15A SRS control module A/BAG IND 10A Instrument cluster (Air bag indicator lamp)B/UP LP 10A Back-up lamp relay, TCM, Electro chromic mirror, Back warning control module, Rear combi lamp LH/RHCRUISE 10A Multifunction switch (Cruise remocon switch), PIC immobilizer module, Driver/Passenger seat warmer switch ATM CONT 10A ATM key lock control module, AWD ECM, BCM, Multifunction switch,

Semi active engine mounting control moduleCLUSTER 10A Instrument cluster, Generator, BCM, Semi active engine mounting control module, PIC immobilizer module,

Tire pressure monitoring moduleSTART 10A Burglar alarm relay, Power tailgate control module EPS 10A BCM, Rheostat, Power window main switch, Front power window switch RH, AC inverter moduleA/CON 10A Front/Rear A/C control module, Blower relay, Rear A/C relay, Rain sensor, Sunroof control module,

Electro chromic mirrorFR S/HTD 15A Driver/Passenger Seat warmer switch RR S/HTD 15A -IMS 10A IMS control module, Tilt & Telescopic module, AC inverter switch, Power tailgate control moduleH/LP, AQS 10A AQS sensorFR/WASHER 15A Front wiper relay, Front washer relay RR/WIPER 15A Rear wiper control module, Rear wiper motor TAIL LH 10A Head lamp LH, Rear combi lamp LH, Front fog lamp relay, Tailgate handle switch & license lampTAIL RH 10A Head lamp RH, Rear combi lamp RH, Glove box lamp, Illuminations, Tailgate handle switch & license lamp,

Trailer lamp connector

7 49

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected componentDR LOCK 20A Power window main switch, Power tailgate relay, Tailgate lock actuator relaySTOP LP 15A Stop lamp switch ADJ-PEDAL 15A Adjustable pedal relayH/LP WASHER 20A -FUEL LID 15A Fuel filler lid switch RR FOG 15A -FR WIPER 30A Front wiper motor TILT & TELE 15A Tilt & Telescopic module DRL 15A DRL relayP/WDW LH 25A Driver safety window ECM, Rear power window switch LH P/WDW RH 25A Front/Rear power window switch RH MIRR HTD 10A Power outside mirror motor & defogger LH/RH, Front A/C control module (Defogger switch)P/SEAT 30A IMS control module, Driver/Passenger seat manual switch, Front lumbar support switchKEY SOL 10A AWD ECM, Back warning buzzer, PIC mechanical steering column lock, Key solenoid,

Weight classification module, Rear initiator LH/RHDEICER 15A Windshield defogger relay S/ROOF 15A Sunroof control module RSE, SMART KEY 10A PIC immobilizer module, RSE module

15A Audio, USA set top box

15A Instrument cluster, Power window main switch, Door lamp, Room lamp, Data link connector, BCM, Door warning switch, IMS control module, Front/Rear A/C control module, Foot lamp, Map lamp, Electro chromic mirror

AUDIO 1 (MEMORY FUSE)ROOM LP (MEMORY FUSE)

Maintenance

507

Engine compartment main fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentIGN 1 40A Ignition switch(ACC, IG1) IGN 2 40A Start relay, Ignition switch(IG2, START) I/P B+1 50A Fuse(DR LOCK 20A, STOP LP 15A, TAIL LH/RH 10A, ADJ-PEDAL 15A)I/P B+2 50A Fuse(P/SEAT 30A, KEY SOL 10A, S/ROOF 15A, RSE/SMART KEY 10A, DEICER 15A),

Memory fuse (AUDIO1 15A, ROOM LP 15A) P/WDW 40A Fuse(P/WDW LH/RH 25A) BLOWER 40A Blower relay RR HTD 40A Rear defogger relay, Fuse(MIRR HTD 10A) ECU 30A Engine control relay, Fuse(IGN COIL 20A, ECU2 10A, SNSR1 15A, SNSR2 15A, SNSR3 10A)ABS 1 40A ABS/ESC control module, Multipurpose check connector ABS 2 40A ABS/ESC control module, Multipurpose check connector TCU 1 15A TCM TPMS 10A Tire pressure monitoring module, Semi active engine mounting solenoid, Front initiator LH/RHB/ALARM 10A -F/PUMP 20A Fuel pump relay T/SIG 15A BCM (Hazard lamp), Head lamp (High/Low) relayA/CON 10A A/C relay ECU 1 10A ECMECU DSL, IGN COIL 20A Ignition coil #1~#6, Condenser SNSR 1 15A ECM, Mass air flow sensor, Oil control valve, Immobilizer module, PCSV, VIV, CCVSNSR 2 15A Fuel pump relay, Oxygen sensor #1~#4 SNSR 3 10A Injector #1~#6, Condenser fan relay, Radiator fan relay, A/C relay ECU 2 10A ECM

7 51

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected componentH/LP LO RH 15A Head lamp(Low) relay RH H/LP LO LH 15A Head lamp(Low) relay LH H/LP HI 20A Head lamp(High) relay FR FOG 15A Front fog lamp relay HORN 15A Horn relay ABS 10A ABS/ESC control module, ESC switch DIAG 10A Multipurpose check connector ECU 3 10A ECM TCU 2/GLOW 10A TCM, Stop lamp switch

Engine compartment sub fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentI/P BOX B+3 40A Fuse( RR FOG 15A, FUEL LID 15A, FR WIPER 30A, TILT & TELE 15A) C/FAN 40A Condenser fan relay #1 R/FAN 40A Radiator fan relay P T/GATE 30A Power tail gate control module RR BLOWER 20A Rear A/C relay AMP 30A JBL amp P/OUTLET 30A Console & rear power outlet relay AC INVERTER 30A AC inverter (110V)TRAILER 30A Trailer

Maintenance

527

LIGHT BULBSG220000AEN

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similarto the condensation on your windowsinside your vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into the lampbulb circuitry, have the vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

G220100AUN

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, side marker light andfront fog light bulb replacement(1) Headlight (High)(2) Headlight (Low)(3) Position light(4) Front turn signal light(5) Front side marker light(6) Front fog light (if equipped)

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe LOCK position and turn off thelights to avoid sudden movementof the vehicle and burning your fin-gers or receiving an electric shock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

OEN076030

7 53

Maintenance

G220101AUN-EU

Headlight bulb

1. Open the hood.2. Remove the headlight bulb cover by

turning it counterclockwise.3. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-

connector.4. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining

wire by depressing the end and push-ing it upward. (High beam)

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

OEN076060N

OEN076051N

■ High beam

■ Low beam

Maintenance

547

5. Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly.

6. Install a new headlight bulb and snapthe headlight bulb retaining wire (highbeam) into position by aligning thewire with the groove on the bulb.

7. Connect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

8. Install the headlight bulb cover by turn-ing it clockwise.

G220102AEN-EU

Front turn signal, position, side mark-er and fog light bulbs (if equipped)If the light bulb is not operating, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

G220200AEN

Side repeater light bulb replace-mentIf the light bulb is not operating, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

G220300AEN-EU

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Tail light(2) Back-up light(3) Rear turn signal light(4) Stop and tail light(5) Rear side marker light

OEN076031

OEN076032

OEN076033

Type A

Type B

7 55

Maintenance

Outside light1. Open the tailgate.2. Loosen the light assembly retaining

screws with a philips head screwdriver.3. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.

4. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

7. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

8. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

OEN076034

OEN076035

OEN076036

OEN076037

Maintenance

567

Inside light1. Open the tailgate.2. Remove the service cover using a flat-

blade screwdriver.3. Loosen the light assembly retaining

nuts with a wrench.4. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.

5. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

6. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

8. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

9. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

10. Install the service cover by putting itinto the service hole.

OEN076054 OEN076055 OEN076056

7 57

Maintenance

G220400AEN

High mounted stop lightreplacement If the light is not operating, have the vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

G220500AEN

License plate light bulb replace-ment 1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with

a philips head screwdriver.2. Remove the lens.3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.4. Install a new bulb.5. Reinstall the lens securely with the

lens retaining screws.G220900AEN

Puddle lamp and door courtesylamp bulb replacement If the light is not operating, have the vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

OEN076038 OEN076039

OEN046189

OEN046188

Puddle lamp

Door courtesy lamp (if equipped)

Maintenance

587

G220600AUN

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

OEN076046

Map lamp (2nd row) (if equipped)

OEN076040

Map lamp (1st row)

OEN076042 OEN076044

OEN076043

Luggage lamp (if equipped)

Sunvisor lampOEN076041

Room lamp (2nd row)

Room lamp (3rd row)

OEN076045

Glove box lamp

7 59

Maintenance

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

Exterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102BUN

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

APPEARANCE CARE

CAUTIONDo not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlightor when the body of the vehicle iswarm.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Maintenance

607

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

G230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

OJB037800

7 61

Maintenance

G230105AUN

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

G230106AUN

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Maintenance

627

G230107AUN

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

7 63

Maintenance

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Maintenance

647

Interior careG230201AUN

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AUN

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

7 65

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMG270000AEN-EU

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Owner’sHandbook & Warranty Information book-let in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all applicableemission regulations.There are three emission control sys-tems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in this manu-al.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

G270200AUN

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

Maintenance

667

G270201AUN

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

G270202AUN

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

G270302AUN-EU

Engine exhaust gas precautions (car-bon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.

PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide varietyof automobile components andparts, including components foundin the interior furnishings in a vehi-cle, contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects andreproductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm.

7 67

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

G270303BEN

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.If you run out of gasoline, it couldcause the engine to misfire and resultin excessive loading of the catalyticconverter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegetation,paper, leaves, etc.

Maintenance

687

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICEG280000AEN

Perchlorate Material-special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-ardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:Perchlorate containing materials, such asair bag inflators, seatbelt pretensionersand keyless remote entry batteries, mustbe disposed of according to Title 22California Code of Regulations Section67384.10 (a).

8

Dimensions / 8-2Bulb wattage / 8-2Tires and wheels / 8-3Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-6Vehicle certification label / 8-6Tire specification and pressure label / 8-6Engine number / 8-7Consumer information / 8-8Reporting safety defects / 8-9Binding arbitration / 8-9



28

Item in (mm)

Overall length 190.6 (4840)

Overall width 76.6 (1945)

Overall height 68.9 (1750) / 71.1 (1807)*1

Front tread 65.7 (1668)

Rear tread 65.8 (1671)

Wheelbase 110.4 (2805)

DIMENSIONS

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low) 55Headlights (High) 55Front turn signal lights 28/8Position lights 5Side repeater lights LEDFront side marker lights 5Front fog lights* 55Stop and tail lights 28/8 or LEDTail light* 28/8Rear turn signal lights 27Back-up lights 16Rear side marker lights* LEDHigh mounted stop light LEDLicense plate lights 5Map lamps 10Room lamps 10Luggage lamp* 10Glove box lamp 5Vanity mirror lamps 5Puddle lamps 5Door courtesy lamps* LED

BULB WATTAGE

* : If equipped

*1 : with roof rack

I010000AEN-EE I030000AEN-EU

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELSI020000AEN-EU

Front Rear

P245/65R17 7.0J×17 210 210

P245/60R18 7.0J×18 (30) (30)

420 420T165/90R17 4.0T×17

(60) (60)

Full size tire

Compact spare tire

Wheel lug nut torque

lb•ft (kgf•m, N•m)

65~79

(9~11 , 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

Inflation pressure

kPa (psi)


48

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES I040000AEN-EU

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

Lubricant Volume Classification

5.49 US qt. (5.2 l)

Automatic transaxle fluid 7.40 US qt. (7.0 l)

Power steering 0.95 US qt. (0.9 l) PSF-3

Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycolCoolant 11.10 US qt. (10.5 l)

base coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake fluid 0.7~0.8 US qt. (0.7~0.8 l) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Rear axle oil (AWD) 0.95 US qt. (0.9 l) Hypoid gear oil

API Service GL-5 SAE 75W/90 Transfer case oil (AWD) 0.85 US qt. (0.8 l) (SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)

Fuel 20.6 US gal. (78 l) -

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)

Recommends API Service SJ, SL or above,

ILSAC GF-3 or above

TFF ATF T-IV JWS 3309, Mobil ATF 3309, 3309

US ATF or other brands meeting the JWS 3309

specification approved by Hyundai Motor Co.

8 5


I040100AUN-EU

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20, 5W-30 (API SJ, SL / ILSAC GF-3 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available inyour country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30


68

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

H010000AEN

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc.

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

H020000AUN-EU

The vehicle certification label located onthe driver’s side center pillar gives thevehicle identification number (VIN).

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

H030000AUN

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your car.

OEN086003OEN086002

OEN086001N

OEN086004N

Frame number

VIN label

8 7


H04000AUN

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

ENGINE NUMBER

OEN088005


88

H050000AEN

This consumer information has been pre-pared in accordance with regulationsissued by the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation. YourHyundai dealer will help answer anyquestions you may have as you read thisinformation.

Hyundai motor vehicles are designedand manufactured to meet or exceed allapplicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we stronglyurge you to read and follow all directionsin this Owner's Manual, particularly theinformation under the headings"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-ING".

If, after reading this manual, you haveany questions regarding the operation ofyour vehicle, please contact your nearestHyundai Motor America Regional Officeas listed in the following:

Eastern Region: Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, NewHampshire, New Jersey, New York,Pennsylvanina, Rhode Island, Vermont,Virginia, West Virginia.

Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region: Florida, Georgia,North Carolina, South Carolina.

Southern Region270 Riverside Parkway, Suite AAustell, GA 30168(800) 633-5151

South Central Region: Alabama,Arkansas, Colorado, Kansas, Louisiana,Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico,Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas, Wyoming.

South Central Region1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400Coppell, TX 75019(800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa,Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota,Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota,Ohio, Wisconsin.

Central Region1705 Sequoia DriveAurora, Illinois 60506(800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii,Arizona, California, ldaho, Montana,Nevada, Oregon, Texas, Utah,Washington.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8 9


H070000AEN

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA. If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, orHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New JerseyAvenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590.You can also obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

H090000AEN

Any claim or dispute you may have relat-ed to your vehicle's warranty or the dutiescontemplated under the warranty, includ-ing claims related to the refund or partialrefund of your vehicle's purchase price(excluding personal injury or product lia-bility claims), shall be resolved by bindingarbitration. Binding arbitration shall beadministered by and through the NationalArbitration Forum (NAF) or the AmericanArbitration Association (AAA), under theCode of Procedure of the entity youselect.You will not be responsible for paying fil-ing and hearing fees above $275.00. Allother arbitration costs shall be borne byHyundai Motor America. You are notresponsible to pay any of the costsHyundai incurs.This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallnot deprive you of any remedies avail-able to you under applicable law. Theparties are waiving their right to seekremedies in court, including the right to ajury trial.

This Binding Arbitration Agreement shallbe governed by and interpreted underthe Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. sec-tions 1-16. Judgment upon any awardmay be entered in any court having juris-diction.You may revoke this ArbitrationAgreement by (1) written notice or (2)electronic notice. Written notice must bedelivered (via certified mail) to HyundaiMotor America, Attn: Consumer Affairs,10550 Talbert Avenue, P.O. Box 20849,Fountain Valley, CA 92728-0849.Electronic notice must be submitted atthe following website address: http://war-ranty-arbitrat ion.hyundaiUSA.com.Notice must be received within 90 daysafter you purchase your vehicle.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS BINDING ARBITRATION (U.S.A ONLY)

IIndex

Index

2I

Air bags-advanced supplemental restraint system ········3-37Air bag warning label··················································3-62Air bag warning light ··················································3-40Curtain air bag ·····························································3-54Driver's and passenger's front air bag ·························3-48Occupant classification system ···································3-43Side impact air bag······················································3-52

Air cleaner ·····································································7-21All wheel drive (AWD) ·················································5-14Appearance care·····························································7-59

Exterior care ································································7-59Interior care ·································································7-64

Audio system ·······························································4-121Antenna······································································4-121M445/M446·······························································4-126M466··········································································4-142M466 RSE ·································································4-154Steering wheel audio control·····································4-121

Automatic climate control system ·································4-96Air conditioning ························································4-102Automatic heating and air conditioning······················4-97Manual heating and air conditioning···························4-98Rear heating and air conditioning ·····························4-103

Automatic transaxle ·························································5-8Ignition key interlock system ······································5-12Shift lock system ·························································5-12Sports mode ·································································5-11

Battery············································································7-27Before driving··································································5-3Brake system··································································5-21

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ····································5-24Electronic stability control (ESC) ·······························5-26Parking brake·······························································5-22Power brakes ·······························································5-21

Brakes fluid····································································7-18Bulb wattage ····································································8-2

California Perchlorate Notice ······································· 7-68 Child restraint system ····················································3-29

Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode ···················································3-32

Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchor system·················································3-34

Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system ································3-35

Climate control air filter ················································7-22Consumer information ·····················································8-8Cruise control system ····················································5-31

Defroster ········································································4-83Dimensions ······································································8-2Door locks······································································4-14

A B

C

D

I 3

Index

Central door lock switch ·············································4-16Child-protector rear door lock·····································4-18

Driver position memory system ····································4-36

Economical operation ····················································5-35Emergency starting ··························································6-4

Jump starting ·································································6-4Push starting ··································································6-5

Emission control system················································7-65Crankcase emission control system·····························7-65Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) System ·············7-65Exhaust emission control system ································7-66

Engine compartment ················································2-4, 7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-15Engine number·································································8-7Engine oil·······································································7-14Explanation of scheduled maintenance items················7-11Exterior features···························································4-119

Roof rack ···································································4-119

Fuel filler lid ··································································4-30Emergency fuel filer lid release ··································4-32

Fuel requirements ····························································1-3Fuses ··············································································7-43

Fuse/relay panel description········································7-47

Main fuse ·····································································7-46Memory fuse································································7-45

Hazard warning flasher··················································4-69Hood···············································································4-29How to use this manual ···················································1-2

If the engine overheats·····················································6-6If the engine will not start ···············································6-3If you have a flat tire ·····················································6-12

Changing tires······························································6-14Compact spare tire·······················································6-19Jack and tools ······························································6-12Removing and storing the spare tire ···························6-13

In case of an emergency while driving····························6-2Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ···················1-7Instrument cluster ··························································4-51

Engine temperature gauge ···········································4-53Fuel gauge ···································································4-54Instrument panel illumination ·····································4-52 Odometer/Tripmeter ····················································4-54Speedometer ································································4-52Tachometer ··································································4-52Trip computer ······························································4-55Warning and indicators················································4-58

Instrument panel overview ··············································2-3

E

F

H

I

Index

4I

Interior features····························································4-112AC inverter ································································4-115Ashtray·······································································4-112Cigarette lighter ·························································4-112Clothes hanger ···························································4-118Cup holder ·································································4-113Digital clock ······························································4-117Luggage net (holder) ·················································4-119Outside thermometer ·················································4-117Power outlet ·······························································4-114Shopping bag holder··················································4-118Sunvisor ·····································································4-114

Interior light ···································································4-78Interior overview ·····························································2-2

Key positions ···································································5-4Illuminated ignition switch············································5-4

Keys ·················································································4-3

Light bulbs ·····································································7-52Headlight, position light, turn signal light, side marker light and front fog light bulb replacement·······7-52High mounted stop light replacement ·························7-57Interior light bulb replacement····································7-58

License plate light bulb replacement···························7-57Puddle lamp and door courtesy lamp bulb replacement··································································7-57Rear combination light bulb replacement ···················7-54Side repeater light bulb replacement···························7-54

Lighting··········································································4-70Battery saver function ·················································4-70Headlight escort function ············································4-70Rescue mode function ·················································4-70

Maintenance services·······················································7-3Manual climate control system······································4-84

Air conditioning ··························································4-89Climate control air filter··············································4-95Cool box ······································································4-92Heating and air conditioning ·······································4-85Rear heating and air conditioning ·······························4-90

Mirrors ···········································································4-41Conversation mirror ····················································4-48Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with compass andHomeLink® system ······················································4-42Inside rearview mirror ·················································4-41Outside rearview mirror ··············································4-48

Owner maintenance ·························································7-4

K

L

M

O

I 5

Index

Parking brake ·································································7-20Power adjustable pedals·················································4-38Power steering fluid·······················································7-19

Rear parking assist system·············································4-67Rear seat entertainment system (RSE) ························4-153Recommended lubricants and capacities·························8-4

Recommended SAE viscosity number··························8-5Remote keyless entry·······················································4-8Reporting safety defects ··················································8-9Road warning···································································6-2

Scheduled maintenance service ·······································7-6Normal maintenance schedule·······································7-7Maintenance under severe usage conditions ···············7-10

Seat belts ········································································3-17Pre-tensioner seat belt ·················································3-23Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system with

emergency locking retractor·····································3-19Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat

3-point system with combination locking retractor ··3-20Seat belt warning ·························································3-19

Seats ·················································································3-2Armrest ········································································3-13

Headrest ·······························································3-5, 3-12Folding the rear seat ····················································3-14Front seat adjustment - manual ·····································3-4Front seat adjustment - power ·······································3-9Lumbar support ····················································3-7, 3-11Rear seat adjustment····················································3-11Seatback pocket ·····························································3-9Seat warmer ···································································3-7Walk-in seat ·································································3-14

Special driving conditions ·············································5-37Driving at night ···························································5-38Driving in flooded areas··············································5-39Driving in the rain ·······················································5-39Hazardous driving conditions······································5-37Highway driving··························································5-40Reducing the risk of a rollover····································5-41Rocking the vehicle ·····················································5-37Smooth cornering ························································5-38

Starting the engine ···························································5-6Steering wheel································································4-39

Easy access function····················································4-40Horn·············································································4-41Power steering ·····························································4-39Tilt steering··································································4-39

Storage compartment ···················································4-109Center console storage···············································4-109Glove box ··································································4-109Multi box ···································································4-110

P

R

S

Index

6I

Luggage box ······························································4-111Sunglass holder··························································4-110

Sunroof···········································································4-33

Tailgate ··········································································4-18Emergency tailgate safety release ·······························4-19Power ON/OFF button ················································4-22Power tailgate ······························································4-20

Theft-alarm system ························································4-12Tires pressure monitoring system (TPMS)······················6-7

Changing a tire with TPMS·········································6-10Low tire pressure position telltale ·································6-8Low tire pressure telltale ···············································6-8TPMS (Tire pressure monitoring system)

malfunction indicator ·················································6-9Tire specification and pressure label ·······························8-6Tires and wheels·····················································7-30, 8-3

All season tires ····························································7-41Checking tire inflation pressure ··································7-31Compact spare tire replacement ··································7-35Radial-ply tires ····························································7-42Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ················7-30Snow tires ····································································7-41Summer tires································································7-41Tire care·······································································7-30Tire chains ···································································7-42Tire maintenance ·························································7-35

Tire replacement ··························································7-34Tire rotation ·································································7-32Tire sidewall labeling ··················································7-36Tire terminology and definitions·································7-39Tire traction ·································································7-35Wheel alignment and tire balance ·······························7-33Wheel replacement ······················································7-35

Towing ···········································································6-21Emergency towing·······················································6-23Removable towing hook (rear)····································6-22Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing)····························6-25

Trailer towing ································································5-46Hitches ·········································································5-47Safety chains································································5-47Trailer brakes·······························································5-47Trailer connector··························································5-53Weight of the trailer (tongue) ······································5-52

Vehicle break-in process ··················································1-5Vehicle certification label ················································8-6Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ············1-6Vehicle identification number (VIN)·······························8-6Vehicle load limit···························································5-54

Cargo capacity ·····························································5-54Certification label ························································5-56Seating capacity···························································5-54Tire and loading information label······························5-54

T

V

I 7

Index

Towing capacity···························································5-54Vehicle capacity weight···············································5-54

Vehicle weight ·······························································5-58Base curb weight ·························································5-58Cargo weight ·······························································5-58GAW (Gross axle weight) ···········································5-58GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ······························5-58GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ······································5-58GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)·························5-58

Washer fluid···································································7-20Windows ········································································4-25

Auto up/down window ················································4-26Power window lock button··········································4-28

Windshield defrosting and defogging··························4-106Defogging logic ·························································4-108

Winter driving································································5-42Snow tires ····································································5-42Tire chains ···································································5-43

Wiper blades ··································································7-24Wipers and washers ·······················································4-74

W

This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for the use of the next owner.

OWNER'S INFORMATION

ORIGINAL OWNER _____________________________________________________

ADDRESS

CITY _________________ STATE ___________ ZIP CODE _____________________

DELIVERY DATE

(Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser)

DEALER NAME _______________ DEALER NO. _____________________________

ADDRESS ____________________________________________________________

CITY _________________ STATE ___________ ZIP CODE _____________________

EN hma cover.qxd 11/27/2006 5:07 PM Page 3

owner's manual operation maintenance …s manual operation maintenance specifications all...

Documents